1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
46 #include <algorithm>
47 #include <cstring>
48 #include <functional>
49 using namespace clang;
50 using namespace sema;
51 
52 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
53   if (OwnedType) {
54     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
55     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
56   }
57 
58   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
59 }
60 
61 namespace {
62 
63 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
64  public:
65   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
66                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
67       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
68         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
69     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
70     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
71     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
72   }
73 
74   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
75     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
76       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
77       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
78       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
79              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
80     }
81     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
82   }
83 
84  private:
85   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
86   bool WantClassName;
87   bool AllowClassTemplates;
88 };
89 
90 }
91 
92 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
93 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
94   switch (Kind) {
95   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
96   // token kind is a valid type specifier
97   case tok::kw_short:
98   case tok::kw_long:
99   case tok::kw___int64:
100   case tok::kw___int128:
101   case tok::kw_signed:
102   case tok::kw_unsigned:
103   case tok::kw_void:
104   case tok::kw_char:
105   case tok::kw_int:
106   case tok::kw_half:
107   case tok::kw_float:
108   case tok::kw_double:
109   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
110   case tok::kw_bool:
111   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
112     return true;
113 
114   case tok::annot_typename:
115   case tok::kw_char16_t:
116   case tok::kw_char32_t:
117   case tok::kw_typeof:
118   case tok::annot_decltype:
119   case tok::kw_decltype:
120     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
121 
122   default:
123     break;
124   }
125 
126   return false;
127 }
128 
129 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
130 /// return the declaration of that type.
131 ///
132 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
133 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
134 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
135 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
136 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
137 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
138                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
139                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
140                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
141                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
142                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
143                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
144   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
145   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
146   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
147     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
148     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
149       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
150   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
151     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
152 
153     if (!LookupCtx) {
154       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
155         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
156         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
157         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
158         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
159         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
160         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
161         //
162         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
163         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
164         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
165           return ParsedType();
166 
167         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
168         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
169         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
170           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
171 
172         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
173         QualType T =
174           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
175                             II, NameLoc);
176 
177           return ParsedType::make(T);
178       }
179 
180       return ParsedType();
181     }
182 
183     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
184         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
185       return ParsedType();
186   }
187 
188   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
189   // lookup for class-names.
190   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
191                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
192   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
193   if (LookupCtx) {
194     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
195     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
196     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
197     // nested-name-specifier.
198     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
199 
200     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
201       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
202       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
203       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
204       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
205       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
206       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
207       LookupName(Result, S);
208     }
209   } else {
210     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
211     LookupName(Result, S);
212   }
213 
214   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
215   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
216   case LookupResult::NotFound:
217   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
218     if (CorrectedII) {
219       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
220       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
221                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
222       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
223       TemplateTy Template;
224       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
225       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
226       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
227       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
228       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
229       if (SS && NNS) {
230         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
231         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
232       }
233       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
234           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
235           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
236           // is handled elsewhere).
237           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
238             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
239                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
240         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
241                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
242                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
243                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
244         if (Ty) {
245           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
246                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
247                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
248           if (SS && NNS)
249             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
250           *CorrectedII = NewII;
251           return Ty;
252         }
253       }
254     }
255     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
256   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
257   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
258     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
259     return ParsedType();
260 
261   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
262     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
263     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
264     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
265     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
266     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
267     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
268       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
269       return ParsedType();
270     }
271 
272     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
273     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
274          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
275       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
276         if (!IIDecl ||
277             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
278               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
279           IIDecl = *Res;
280       }
281     }
282 
283     if (!IIDecl) {
284       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
285       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
286       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
287       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
288       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
289       // a type name.
290       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
291       return ParsedType();
292     }
293 
294     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
295     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
296     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
297     // perform the name lookup again.
298     break;
299 
300   case LookupResult::Found:
301     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
302     break;
303   }
304 
305   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
306 
307   QualType T;
308   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
309     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
310 
311     if (T.isNull())
312       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
313 
314     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
315     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
316     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
317     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
318       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
319         // Construct a type with type-source information.
320         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
321         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
322 
323         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
324         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
325         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
326         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
327         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
328       } else {
329         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
330       }
331     }
332   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
333     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
334     if (!HasTrailingDot)
335       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
336   }
337 
338   if (T.isNull()) {
339     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
340     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
341     return ParsedType();
342   }
343   return ParsedType::make(T);
344 }
345 
346 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
347 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
348 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
349 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
350 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
351 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
352   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
353   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
354   LookupName(R, S, false);
355   R.suppressDiagnostics();
356   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
357     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
358       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
359       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
360       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
361       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
362       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
363       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
364       }
365     }
366 
367   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
368 }
369 
370 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
371 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
372 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
373 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
374 /// @code
375 /// template<class T> class A {
376 /// public:
377 ///   typedef int TYPE;
378 /// };
379 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
380 /// public:
381 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
382 /// };
383 /// @endcode
384 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
385   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
386     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
387 
388     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
389     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
390       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
391         return true;
392     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
393   }
394   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
395 }
396 
397 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
398                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
399                                    Scope *S,
400                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
401                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
402                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
403   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
404   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
405 
406   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
407   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
408   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates);
409   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
410                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
411                                              Validator)) {
412     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
413       // We corrected to a keyword.
414       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
415       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
416     } else {
417       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
418       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
419         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
420                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
421       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
422         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
423         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
424                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
425         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
426                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
427                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
428       } else {
429         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
430       }
431 
432       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
433       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
434         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
435                           SourceRange(IILoc));
436       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
437                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
438                                   false, ParsedType(),
439                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
440                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
441     }
442     return true;
443   }
444 
445   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
446     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
447     UnqualifiedId Name;
448     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
449     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
450     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
451     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
452     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
453                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
454                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
455       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
456       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
457       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
458         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
459           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
460       }
461       return true;
462     }
463   }
464 
465   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
466   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
467 
468   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
469     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
470   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
471     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
472       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
473   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
474     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
475     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
476       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
477 
478     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
479       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
480       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
481       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
482     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
483                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
484   } else {
485     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
486            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
487   }
488 
489   return true;
490 }
491 
492 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
493 /// or
494 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
495   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
496                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
497 
498   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
499     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
500       return true;
501 
502     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
503       return true;
504   }
505 
506   return false;
507 }
508 
509 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
510                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
511                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
512                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
513   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
514   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
515   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
516     const char *TagName = 0;
517     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
518     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
519       case TTK_Class:
520         TagName = "class";
521         FixItTagName = "class ";
522         break;
523 
524       case TTK_Enum:
525         TagName = "enum";
526         FixItTagName = "enum ";
527         break;
528 
529       case TTK_Struct:
530         TagName = "struct";
531         FixItTagName = "struct ";
532         break;
533 
534       case TTK_Interface:
535         TagName = "__interface";
536         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
537         break;
538 
539       case TTK_Union:
540         TagName = "union";
541         FixItTagName = "union ";
542         break;
543     }
544 
545     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
546       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
547       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
548 
549     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
550          I != IEnd; ++I)
551       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
552         << Name << TagName;
553 
554     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
555     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
556     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
557     return true;
558   }
559 
560   return false;
561 }
562 
563 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
564 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
565                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
566   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
567 
568   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
569   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
570 
571   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
572   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
573   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
574   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
575   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
576 }
577 
578 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
579                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
580                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
581                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
582                                             const Token &NextToken,
583                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
584                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
585   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
586   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
587 
588   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
589     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
590                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
591   }
592 
593   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
594   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
595 
596   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
597   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
598   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
599   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
600   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
601     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
602     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
603       return E;
604   }
605 
606   bool SecondTry = false;
607   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
608 
609 Corrected:
610   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
611   case LookupResult::NotFound:
612     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
613     // call.
614     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
615       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
616       // FIXME: Reference?
617       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
618         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
619 
620       // C90 6.3.2.2:
621       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
622       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
623       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
624       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
625       //   the function call, the declaration
626       //
627       //     extern int identifier ();
628       //
629       //   appeared.
630       //
631       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
632       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
633         Result.addDecl(D);
634         Result.resolveKind();
635         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
636       }
637     }
638 
639     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
640     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
641     // "struct", or "union".
642     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
643         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
644       break;
645     }
646 
647     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
648     // close to this name.
649     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
650       SecondTry = true;
651       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
652                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
653                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
654         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
655         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
656 
657         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
658         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
659           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
660         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
661             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
662           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
663           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
664         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
665                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
666                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
667                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
668           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
669           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
670         }
671 
672         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
673           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
674         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
675           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
676           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
677                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
678           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
679                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
680                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
681         }
682 
683         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
684         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
685 
686         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
687         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
688           return Name;
689 
690         // Also update the LookupResult...
691         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
692         Result.clear();
693         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
694         if (FirstDecl)
695           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
696 
697         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
698         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
699         // reference the ivar.
700         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
701         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
702           Result.clear();
703           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
704           return E;
705         }
706 
707         goto Corrected;
708       }
709     }
710 
711     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
712     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
713     return NameClassification::Unknown();
714 
715   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
716     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
717     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
718     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
719 
720     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
721     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
722     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
723     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
724     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
725     //
726     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
727     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
728     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
729     // keyword here.
730     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
731                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
732                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
733   }
734 
735   case LookupResult::Found:
736   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
737   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
738     break;
739 
740   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
741     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
742         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
743       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
744       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
745       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
746       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
747       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
748       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
749       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
750       //   ambiguous.
751       //
752       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
753       // so try again after filtering out template names.
754       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
755       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
756         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
757         break;
758       }
759     }
760 
761     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
762     return NameClassification::Error();
763   }
764 
765   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
766       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
767     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
768     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
769     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
770     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
771     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
772     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
773     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
774       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
775 
776     if (!Result.empty()) {
777       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
778       bool IsVarTemplate;
779       TemplateName Template;
780       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
781         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
782         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
783                                                      Result.end());
784       } else {
785         TemplateDecl *TD
786           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
787         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
788         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
789 
790         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
791           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
792                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
793                                                       TD);
794         else
795           Template = TemplateName(TD);
796       }
797 
798       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
799         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
800         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
801         // to based on which function we selected.
802         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
803 
804         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
805       }
806 
807       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
808                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
809     }
810   }
811 
812   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
813   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
814     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
815     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
816     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
817       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
818     return ParsedType::make(T);
819   }
820 
821   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
822   if (!Class) {
823     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
824     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
825                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
826       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
827   }
828 
829   if (Class) {
830     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
831 
832     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
833       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
834       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
835       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
836       return NameClassification::Unknown();
837     }
838 
839     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
840     return ParsedType::make(T);
841   }
842 
843   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
844   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
845     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
846         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
847 
848   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
849   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
850   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
851   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
852        (NextIsOp &&
853         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
854       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
855     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
856     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
857     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
858     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
859       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
860     return ParsedType::make(T);
861   }
862 
863   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
864     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
865 
866   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
867   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
868 }
869 
870 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
871 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
872 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
873 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
874 
875   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
876   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
877   // the context we'll need to return to.
878   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
879   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
880   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
881   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
882   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
883   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
884   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
885   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
886   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
887   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
888     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
889 
890     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
891     // lexical context.
892     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
893       return DC;
894 
895     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
896     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
897     // class is the context we need to return to.
898     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
899       DC = RD;
900 
901     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
902     // declared in.
903     return DC;
904   }
905 
906   return DC->getLexicalParent();
907 }
908 
909 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
910   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
911       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
912   CurContext = DC;
913   S->setEntity(DC);
914 }
915 
916 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
917   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
918 
919   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
920   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
921 }
922 
923 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
924 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
925 ///
926 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
927   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
928   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
929   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
930   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
931   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
932   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
933   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
934   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
935   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
936   //   namespace.
937   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
938   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
939   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
940   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
941   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
942 
943   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
944 
945 #ifndef NDEBUG
946   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
947   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
948   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
949 #endif
950 
951   CurContext = DC;
952   S->setEntity(DC);
953 }
954 
955 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
956   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
957 
958   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
959   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
960   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
961   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
962   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
963 
964   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
965   // disappear.
966 }
967 
968 
969 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
970   // We assume that the caller has already called
971   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
972   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
973   if (!FD)
974     return;
975 
976   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
977   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
978   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
979     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
980   CurContext = FD;
981   S->setEntity(CurContext);
982 
983   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
984     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
985     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
986     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
987       S->AddDecl(Param);
988       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
989     }
990   }
991 }
992 
993 
994 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
995   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
996   // rather than the top-level class.
997   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
998   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
999   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1000 }
1001 
1002 
1003 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1004 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1005 ///
1006 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1007 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1008 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1009 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1010 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1011 /// attribute.
1012 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1013                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1014   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1015     return true;
1016 
1017   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1018     return true;
1019 
1020   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1021           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1022 }
1023 
1024 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1025 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1026   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1027   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1028   // scope.
1029   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1030     S = S->getParent();
1031 
1032   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1033   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1034   // into any context.
1035   if (AddToContext)
1036     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1037 
1038   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1039   // are function-local declarations.
1040   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1041       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1042         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1043       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1044     return;
1045 
1046   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1047   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1048       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1049     return;
1050 
1051   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1052   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1053                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1054   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1055     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1056       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1057       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1058 
1059       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1060       break;
1061     }
1062   }
1063 
1064   S->AddDecl(D);
1065 
1066   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1067     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1068     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1069     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1070     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1071       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1072       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1073         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1074           continue;
1075       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1076         break;
1077     }
1078 
1079     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1080   } else {
1081     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1082   }
1083 }
1084 
1085 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1086   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1087     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1088 }
1089 
1090 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1091                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1092   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1093 }
1094 
1095 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1096   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1097   do {
1098     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1099       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1100         return S;
1101   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1102 
1103   return 0;
1104 }
1105 
1106 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1107                                             DeclContext*,
1108                                             ASTContext&);
1109 
1110 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1111 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1112 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1113                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1114                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1115   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1116   while (F.hasNext()) {
1117     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1118 
1119     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1120       continue;
1121 
1122     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1123       continue;
1124 
1125     F.erase();
1126   }
1127 
1128   F.done();
1129 }
1130 
1131 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1132   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1133          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1134          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1135 }
1136 
1137 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1138 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1139   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1140   while (F.hasNext())
1141     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1142       F.erase();
1143 
1144   F.done();
1145 }
1146 
1147 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1148 /// @code
1149 /// class S {
1150 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1151 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1152 /// };
1153 /// @endcode
1154 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1155   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1156   // the decl here.
1157   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1158     return false;
1159 
1160   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1161     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1162   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1163     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1164   return false;
1165 }
1166 
1167 // We need this to handle
1168 //
1169 // typedef struct {
1170 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1171 // } A;
1172 //
1173 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1174 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1175 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1176 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1177 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1178 // not.
1179 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1180   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1181   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1182     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1183       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1184         return true;
1185     }
1186     DC = DC->getParent();
1187   }
1188 
1189   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1190 }
1191 
1192 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1193 // these semantics.
1194 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1195   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1196     return false;
1197   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1198 }
1199 
1200 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1201   assert(D);
1202 
1203   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1204     return false;
1205 
1206   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1207   // of members of class templates.
1208   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1209       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1210     return false;
1211 
1212   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1213     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1214       return false;
1215 
1216     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1217       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1218         return false;
1219     } else {
1220       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1221       if (FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1222           !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1223         return false;
1224     }
1225 
1226     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1227         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1228       return false;
1229   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1230     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1231     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1232     // like "inline".)
1233     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1234       return false;
1235 
1236     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1237       return false;
1238 
1239     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1240         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1241       return false;
1242   } else {
1243     return false;
1244   }
1245 
1246   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1247   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1248 }
1249 
1250 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1251   if (!D)
1252     return;
1253 
1254   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1255     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1256     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1257       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1258   }
1259 
1260   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1261     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1262     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1263       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1264   }
1265 
1266   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1267     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1268 }
1269 
1270 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1271   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1272     return false;
1273 
1274   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1275       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1276     return false;
1277 
1278   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1279     return true;
1280 
1281   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1282   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1283       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1284     return false;
1285 
1286   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1287   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1288 
1289     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1290     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1291 
1292     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1293     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1294       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1295         return false;
1296     }
1297 
1298     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1299     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1300     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1301       return false;
1302 
1303     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1304       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1305       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1306         return false;
1307 
1308       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1309         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1310           return false;
1311 
1312         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1313           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1314             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1315           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1316             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1317           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1318             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1319             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1320               return false;
1321           }
1322         }
1323       }
1324     }
1325 
1326     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1327   }
1328 
1329   return true;
1330 }
1331 
1332 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1333                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1334   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1335     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1336                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1337     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1338       return;
1339     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1340                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1341   }
1342   return;
1343 }
1344 
1345 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1346 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1347 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1348   FixItHint Hint;
1349   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1350     return;
1351 
1352   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1353 
1354   unsigned DiagID;
1355   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1356     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1357   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1358     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1359   else
1360     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1361 
1362   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1363 }
1364 
1365 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1366   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1367   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1368   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1369   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1370     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1371 }
1372 
1373 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1374   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1375   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1376          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1377 
1378   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1379     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1380 
1381     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1382     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1383 
1384     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1385 
1386     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1387     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1388       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1389 
1390     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1391     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1392       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1393 
1394     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1395     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1396   }
1397 }
1398 
1399 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1400 ///
1401 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1402 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1403 /// to the fixed name.
1404 ///
1405 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1406 ///
1407 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1408 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1409 ///
1410 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1411 /// class could not be found.
1412 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1413                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1414                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1415   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1416   // creation from this context.
1417   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1418 
1419   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1420     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1421     // find an Objective-C class name.
1422     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1423     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1424                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1425                                        Validator)) {
1426       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1427       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1428       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1429     }
1430   }
1431   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1432   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1433   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1434       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1435   return Def;
1436 }
1437 
1438 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1439 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1440 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1441 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1442 /// ill-formed in C++:
1443 /// @code
1444 /// struct S6 {
1445 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1446 /// };
1447 ///
1448 /// void test_S6() {
1449 ///   struct S6 a;
1450 ///   a.e = BAR;
1451 /// }
1452 /// @endcode
1453 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1454 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1455 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1456 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1457 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1458 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1459 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1460 /// contain non-field names.
1461 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1462   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1463          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1464          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1465     S = S->getParent();
1466   return S;
1467 }
1468 
1469 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1470 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1471 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1472 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1473 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1474                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1475   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1476     return;
1477   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1478 
1479   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1480                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1481   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1482   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1483     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1484       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1485 }
1486 
1487 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1488 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1489 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1490 /// built-in.
1491 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1492                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1493                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1494   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1495 
1496   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1497 
1498   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1499   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1500   switch (Error) {
1501   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1502     // Okay
1503     break;
1504 
1505   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1506     if (ForRedeclaration)
1507       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1508         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1509     return 0;
1510 
1511   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1512     if (ForRedeclaration)
1513       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1514         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1515     return 0;
1516 
1517   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1518     if (ForRedeclaration)
1519       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1520         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1521     return 0;
1522   }
1523 
1524   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1525     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1526       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1527       << R;
1528     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1529         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1530           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1531       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1532         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1533         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1534   }
1535 
1536   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1537   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1538     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1539         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1540                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1541     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1542     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1543     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1544   }
1545 
1546   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1547                                            Parent,
1548                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1549                                            SC_Extern,
1550                                            false,
1551                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1552   New->setImplicit();
1553 
1554   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1555   // FunctionDecl.
1556   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1557     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1558     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1559       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1560           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1561                               0, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, 0);
1562       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1563       Params.push_back(parm);
1564     }
1565     New->setParams(Params);
1566   }
1567 
1568   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1569   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1570 
1571   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1572   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1573   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1574   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1575   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1576   CurContext = Parent;
1577   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1578   CurContext = SavedContext;
1579   return New;
1580 }
1581 
1582 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1583 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1584 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1585 /// entity.
1586 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1587                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1588                                               LookupResult &previous){
1589   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1590   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1591     return;
1592 
1593   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1594   if (previous.empty())
1595     return;
1596 
1597   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1598   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1599     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1600 
1601     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1602     if (!old->isHidden())
1603       continue;
1604 
1605     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1606       filter.erase();
1607   }
1608 
1609   filter.done();
1610 }
1611 
1612 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1613   QualType OldType;
1614   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1615     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1616   else
1617     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1618   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1619 
1620   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1621     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1622     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1623     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1624       << Kind << NewType;
1625     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1626       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1627     New->setInvalidDecl();
1628     return true;
1629   }
1630 
1631   if (OldType != NewType &&
1632       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1633       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1634       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1635     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1636     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1637       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1638     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1639       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1640     New->setInvalidDecl();
1641     return true;
1642   }
1643   return false;
1644 }
1645 
1646 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1647 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1648 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1649 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1650 ///
1651 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1652   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1653   // merging checks.
1654   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1655 
1656   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1657   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1658   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1659     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1660     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1661     default: break;
1662     case 2:
1663       {
1664         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1665           break;
1666         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1667         if (!T->isPointerType())
1668           break;
1669         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1670           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1671           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1672             break;
1673         }
1674         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1675         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1676         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1677         return;
1678       }
1679     case 5:
1680       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1681         break;
1682       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1683       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1684       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1685       return;
1686     case 3:
1687       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1688         break;
1689       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1690       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1691       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1692       return;
1693     }
1694     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1695   }
1696 
1697   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1698   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1699   if (!Old) {
1700     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1701       << New->getDeclName();
1702 
1703     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1704     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1705       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1706 
1707     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1708   }
1709 
1710   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1711   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1712     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1713 
1714   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1715   // with any extensions enabled.
1716   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1717     return;
1718 
1719   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1720   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1721   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1722     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1723     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1724   }
1725 
1726   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1727     return;
1728 
1729   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1730     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1731     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1732     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1733     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1734     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1735       return;
1736 
1737     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1738     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1739     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1740     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1741     //
1742     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1743     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1744     //
1745     //   struct S {
1746     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1747     //   };
1748     //
1749     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1750     // allow the above but disallow
1751     //
1752     //   struct S {
1753     //     typedef int I;
1754     //     typedef int I;
1755     //   };
1756     //
1757     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1758     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1759       return;
1760 
1761     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1762       << New->getDeclName();
1763     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1764     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1765   }
1766 
1767   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1768   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1769     return;
1770 
1771   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1772   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1773   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1774   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1775   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1776       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1777        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1778     return;
1779 
1780   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1781     << New->getDeclName();
1782   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1783   return;
1784 }
1785 
1786 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1787 /// attribute.
1788 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1789   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1790   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1791   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
1792     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1793       if (Ann) {
1794         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
1795           return true;
1796         continue;
1797       }
1798       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1799       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
1800         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
1801       return true;
1802     }
1803 
1804   return false;
1805 }
1806 
1807 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1808   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1809     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1810   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1811     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1812   return true;
1813 }
1814 
1815 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1816 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1817 ///
1818 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1819 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1820   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1821   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1822   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0;
1823   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0;
1824   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1825   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1826     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1827     // in a case like:
1828     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1829     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1830     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1831     // definition in such a case.
1832     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1833       return false;
1834 
1835     if (I->isAlignas())
1836       OldAlignasAttr = I;
1837 
1838     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1839     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1840       OldAlign = Align;
1841       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
1842     }
1843   }
1844 
1845   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1846   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0;
1847   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
1848   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1849     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1850       return false;
1851 
1852     if (I->isAlignas())
1853       NewAlignasAttr = I;
1854 
1855     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1856     if (Align > NewAlign)
1857       NewAlign = Align;
1858   }
1859 
1860   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1861     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
1862     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
1863     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
1864     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
1865 
1866     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
1867     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
1868     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
1869       QualType Ty;
1870       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
1871         Ty = VD->getType();
1872       else
1873         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
1874 
1875       if (OldAlign == 0)
1876         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1877       if (NewAlign == 0)
1878         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1879     }
1880 
1881     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1882       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
1883         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
1884         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
1885       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1886     }
1887   }
1888 
1889   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
1890     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
1891     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
1892     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
1893     //   equivalent alignment.
1894     // C11 6.7.5/7:
1895     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
1896     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
1897     //   have no alignment specifier.
1898     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
1899       << OldAlignasAttr;
1900     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
1901       << OldAlignasAttr;
1902   }
1903 
1904   bool AnyAdded = false;
1905 
1906   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
1907   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
1908     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
1909     Clone->setInherited(true);
1910     New->addAttr(Clone);
1911     AnyAdded = true;
1912   }
1913 
1914   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
1915   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
1916       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
1917     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
1918     Clone->setInherited(true);
1919     New->addAttr(Clone);
1920     AnyAdded = true;
1921   }
1922 
1923   return AnyAdded;
1924 }
1925 
1926 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
1927                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
1928   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
1929   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
1930   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1931     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1932                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1933                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1934                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
1935                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
1936   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1937     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1938                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
1939   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1940     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1941                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
1942   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1943     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
1944                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1945   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1946     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
1947                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1948   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1949     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1950                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
1951                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1952   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1953     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
1954                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
1955   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
1956     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
1957                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
1958                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
1959   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
1960     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
1961     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
1962     NewAttr = nullptr;
1963   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
1964     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
1965 
1966   if (NewAttr) {
1967     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1968     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
1969     return true;
1970   }
1971 
1972   return false;
1973 }
1974 
1975 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
1976   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1977     return TD->getDefinition();
1978   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1979     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
1980     if (Def)
1981       return Def;
1982     return VD->getActingDefinition();
1983   }
1984   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1985     const FunctionDecl* Def;
1986     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
1987       return Def;
1988   }
1989   return NULL;
1990 }
1991 
1992 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
1993   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
1994     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
1995       return true;
1996   return false;
1997 }
1998 
1999 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2000 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2001 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2002   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2003     return;
2004 
2005   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2006   if (!Def || Def == New)
2007     return;
2008 
2009   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2010   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2011     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2012 
2013     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2014       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2015         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2016       else {
2017         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2018         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2019                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2020                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2021                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2022         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2023         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2024         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2025       }
2026       ++I;
2027       continue;
2028     }
2029 
2030     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2031       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2032       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2033         ++I;
2034         continue;
2035       }
2036     }
2037 
2038     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2039       ++I;
2040       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2041     }
2042 
2043     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2044       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2045       ++I;
2046       continue;
2047     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2048       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2049         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2050         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2051         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2052         //   equivalent alignment.
2053         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2054         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2055         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2056         //   have no alignment specifier.
2057         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2058           << AA;
2059         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2060           << AA;
2061         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2062         --E;
2063         continue;
2064       }
2065     }
2066 
2067     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2068            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2069     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2070     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2071     --E;
2072   }
2073 }
2074 
2075 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2076 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2077                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2078   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2079     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2080     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2081     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2082   }
2083 
2084   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2085     return;
2086 
2087   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2088   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2089 
2090   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2091     return;
2092 
2093   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2094 
2095   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2096   // we process them.
2097   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2098 
2099   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2100     bool Override = false;
2101     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2102     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2103         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2104         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2105       switch (AMK) {
2106       case AMK_None:
2107         continue;
2108 
2109       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2110         break;
2111 
2112       case AMK_Override:
2113         Override = true;
2114         break;
2115       }
2116     }
2117 
2118     // Already handled.
2119     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2120       continue;
2121 
2122     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2123       foundAny = true;
2124   }
2125 
2126   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2127     foundAny = true;
2128 
2129   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2130 }
2131 
2132 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2133 /// to the new one.
2134 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2135                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2136                                      Sema &S) {
2137   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2138   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2139   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2140   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2141   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2142   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2143     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2144            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2145     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2146     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2147     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2148       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2149     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2150       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2151     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2152            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2153   }
2154 
2155   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2156     return;
2157 
2158   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2159 
2160   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2161   // done before we process them.
2162   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2163 
2164   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2165     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2166       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2167         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2168       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2169       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2170       foundAny = true;
2171     }
2172   }
2173 
2174   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2175 }
2176 
2177 namespace {
2178 
2179 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2180 /// C.
2181 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2182   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2183   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2184   QualType PromotedType;
2185 };
2186 
2187 }
2188 
2189 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2190 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2191   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2192     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2193       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2194 
2195     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2196       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2197 
2198     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2199       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2200   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2201     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2202   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2203     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2204   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2205     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2206   }
2207 
2208   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2209 }
2210 
2211 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2212 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2213 /// GNU89 mode.
2214 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2215                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2216   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2217           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2218           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2219           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2220 }
2221 
2222 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2223   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2224   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2225     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2226   return AT;
2227 }
2228 
2229 template <typename T>
2230 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2231   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2232   if (DC->isRecord())
2233     return false;
2234 
2235   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2236   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2237     return true;
2238   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2239     return true;
2240   return false;
2241 }
2242 
2243 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2244 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2245 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2246 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2247 ///
2248 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2249 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2250 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2251 /// merged with.
2252 ///
2253 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2254 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2255                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2256   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2257   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2258   if (!Old) {
2259     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2260       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2261         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2262         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2263              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2264         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2265              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2266         return true;
2267       }
2268 
2269       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2270       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2271       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2272       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2273       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2274 
2275       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2276       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2277       if (Old &&
2278           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2279               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2280           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2281         Old = 0;
2282 
2283       if (!Old) {
2284         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2285         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2286              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2287         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2288         return true;
2289       }
2290       OldD = Old;
2291     } else {
2292       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2293         << New->getDeclName();
2294       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2295       return true;
2296     }
2297   }
2298 
2299   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2300   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2301     return true;
2302 
2303   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2304   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2305   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2306   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2307   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2308     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2309   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2310     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2311     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2312       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2313   } else
2314     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2315 
2316   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2317   // is an extern inline function.
2318   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2319   // storage classes.
2320   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2321       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2322       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2323       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2324       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2325     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2326       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2327       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2328     } else {
2329       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2330       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2331       return true;
2332     }
2333   }
2334 
2335 
2336   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2337   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2338   // convention of the first.
2339   //
2340   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2341   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2342   //
2343   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2344   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2345   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2346   //
2347   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2348   // other tests to run.
2349   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2350   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2351   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2352   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2353   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2354   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2355   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2356 
2357   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2358     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2359     const FunctionType *FT =
2360         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2361     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2362     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2363     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2364       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2365       // there but not here.
2366       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2367       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2368     } else {
2369       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2370       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2371       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2372         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2373         << !FirstCCExplicit
2374         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2375             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2376 
2377       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2378       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2379       return true;
2380     }
2381   }
2382 
2383   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2384   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2385     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2386     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2387   }
2388 
2389   // Merge regparm attribute.
2390   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2391       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2392     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2393       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2394         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2395         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2396       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2397       return true;
2398     }
2399 
2400     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2401     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2402   }
2403 
2404   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2405   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2406     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2407       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2408       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2409       return true;
2410     }
2411 
2412     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2413     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2414   }
2415 
2416   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2417     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2418     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2419     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2420     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2421     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2422   }
2423 
2424   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2425   // UndefinedButUsed.
2426   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2427       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2428       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2429       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2430       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2431     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2432                                            SourceLocation()));
2433 
2434   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2435   // about it.
2436   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2437       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2438     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2439   }
2440 
2441   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2442     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2443     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2444     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2445     //        cannot be overloaded.
2446 
2447     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2448     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2449     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2450     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2451     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2452     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2453         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2454              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2455              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2456     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2457         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2458              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2459              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2460     QualType ResQT;
2461     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2462         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2463           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2464       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2465           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2466         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2467       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2468         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2469           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2470                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2471         else
2472           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2473         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2474         return true;
2475       }
2476       else
2477         NewQType = ResQT;
2478     }
2479 
2480     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2481     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2482     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2483       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2484       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2485       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2486       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2487         New->setType(
2488             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2489                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2490                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2491         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2492             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2493                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2494                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2495       }
2496     }
2497 
2498     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2499     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2500     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2501       // Preserve triviality.
2502       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2503 
2504       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2505       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2506       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2507       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2508                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2509                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2510       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2511 
2512       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2513           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2514         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2515         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2516         //       is a static member function declaration.
2517         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2518           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2519           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2520           return true;
2521         }
2522 
2523         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2524         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2525         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2526         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2527         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2528           unsigned NewDiag;
2529           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2530             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2531           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2532             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2533           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2534             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2535           else
2536             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2537 
2538           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2539         } else {
2540           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2541             << New << New->getType();
2542         }
2543         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2544 
2545       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2546       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2547       //
2548       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2549       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2550       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2551         if (isFriend) {
2552           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2553         } else {
2554           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2555                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2556             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2557           return true;
2558         }
2559       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2560         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2561              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2562           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2563         return true;
2564       }
2565     }
2566 
2567     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2568     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2569     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2570     //   attribute.
2571     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2572     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2573       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2574       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2575            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2576     }
2577 
2578     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2579     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2580     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2581     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2582     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2583     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2584       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2585            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2586       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2587            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2588     }
2589 
2590     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2591     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2592     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2593     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2594 
2595     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2596     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2597     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2598       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2599       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2600         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2601       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2602       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2603     }
2604 
2605     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2606       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2607       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2608       //
2609       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2610       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2611       // linkage within class scope.
2612       //
2613       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2614       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2615         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2616         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2617       } else {
2618         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2619         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2620         return true;
2621       }
2622     }
2623 
2624     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2625       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2626 
2627     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2628         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2629       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2630       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2631       // when we instantiate the function.
2632       return false;
2633     }
2634 
2635     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2636   }
2637 
2638   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2639   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2640   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2641       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2642     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2643     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2644     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2645     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2646         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2647       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2648       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2649       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2650       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2651       NewQType =
2652           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2653                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2654       New->setType(NewQType);
2655       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2656 
2657       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2658       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2659       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2660         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2661                                                  SourceLocation(), 0, ParamType,
2662                                                  /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, 0);
2663         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2664         Param->setImplicit();
2665         Params.push_back(Param);
2666       }
2667 
2668       New->setParams(Params);
2669     }
2670 
2671     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2672   }
2673 
2674   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2675   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2676   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2677   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2678   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2679   // the prototype.
2680   //
2681   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2682   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2683   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2684   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2685   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2686       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2687       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2688       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2689     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2690     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2691     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2692       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2693     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2694       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2695 
2696     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2697     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2698                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2699     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2700     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2701          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2702       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2703       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2704       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2705                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2706         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2707       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2708                                             NewParm->getType(),
2709                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2710         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2711                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2712         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2713         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2714       } else
2715         LooseCompatible = false;
2716     }
2717 
2718     if (LooseCompatible) {
2719       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2720         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2721              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2722           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2723           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2724         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2725           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2726                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2727       }
2728 
2729       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2730         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2731                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2732       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2733     }
2734 
2735     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2736   }
2737 
2738   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2739   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2740 
2741   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2742   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2743   unsigned BuiltinID;
2744   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2745     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2746     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2747     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2748       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2749       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2750         << Old << Old->getType();
2751 
2752       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2753       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2754       //
2755       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2756       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2757       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2758       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2759       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2760       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2761         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2762 
2763       return false;
2764     }
2765 
2766     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2767   }
2768 
2769   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2770   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2771   return true;
2772 }
2773 
2774 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2775 /// known to be compatible.
2776 ///
2777 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2778 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2779 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2780 /// redeclaration of Old.
2781 ///
2782 /// \returns false
2783 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2784                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2785   // Merge the attributes
2786   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2787 
2788   // Merge "pure" flag.
2789   if (Old->isPure())
2790     New->setPure();
2791 
2792   // Merge "used" flag.
2793   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
2794     New->setIsUsed();
2795 
2796   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2797   // declarations.
2798   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2799     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2800       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2801                                *this);
2802 
2803   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2804     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2805 
2806   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2807   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
2808   // was visible.
2809   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2810   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2811     New->setType(Merged);
2812 
2813   return false;
2814 }
2815 
2816 
2817 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2818                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2819 
2820   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2821   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2822     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2823                                                    : AMK_Override;
2824   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2825 
2826   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2827   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2828                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2829   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2830          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2831        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2832     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
2833 
2834   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
2835 }
2836 
2837 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2838 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2839 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2840 ///
2841 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2842 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2843 /// is attached.
2844 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
2845                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2846   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2847     return;
2848 
2849   QualType MergedT;
2850   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2851     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
2852       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2853       return;
2854     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2855       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2856       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2857     }
2858     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2859     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2860     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2861     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2862     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2863     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2864              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2865       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2866       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2867       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2868                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2869         MergedT = New->getType();
2870     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2871                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2872       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2873       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2874       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2875                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2876         MergedT = Old->getType();
2877     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2878                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2879       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2880                                               Old->getType());
2881     }
2882   } else {
2883     // C 6.2.7p2:
2884     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
2885     //   compatible type.
2886     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2887   }
2888   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2889     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
2890     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
2891     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
2892     // equivalent.
2893     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
2894     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
2895          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2896       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
2897       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
2898       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
2899       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2900         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
2901       return;
2902     }
2903 
2904     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
2905     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
2906     //
2907     //   extern int arr[];
2908     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
2909     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
2910     //
2911     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
2912     // to diagnose it.
2913     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2914       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2915     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2916     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2917   }
2918 
2919   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
2920   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
2921   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2922     New->setType(MergedT);
2923 }
2924 
2925 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
2926                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
2927   // C11 6.2.7p4:
2928   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
2929   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
2930   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
2931   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
2932   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
2933   //
2934   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
2935   if (Previous.isShadowed())
2936     return false;
2937 
2938   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2939     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
2940     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
2941     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
2942     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
2943     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
2944            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2945             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
2946   } else {
2947     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
2948     // type unless we're in the same function.
2949     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
2950            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
2951   }
2952 }
2953 
2954 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2955 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2956 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2957 ///
2958 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2959 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2960 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2961 ///
2962 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2963   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2964   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2965     return;
2966 
2967   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
2968 
2969   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
2970   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2971   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = 0;
2972   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
2973     if (NewTemplate) {
2974       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
2975       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : 0;
2976     } else
2977       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
2978   }
2979   if (!Old) {
2980     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2981       << New->getDeclName();
2982     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2983          diag::note_previous_definition);
2984     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2985   }
2986 
2987   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
2988     return;
2989 
2990   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
2991   if (NewTemplate &&
2992       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
2993                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
2994                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
2995     return;
2996 
2997   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2998   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2999   //
3000   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3001   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3002     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3003       << New->getIdentifier();
3004     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3005     New->setInvalidDecl();
3006   }
3007 
3008   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3009   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3010   // declaration
3011   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3012       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3013       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3014     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3015     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3016     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3017     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3018   }
3019 
3020   // Merge the types.
3021   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3022 
3023   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3024     return;
3025 
3026   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3027   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3028       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3029       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3030     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
3031     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3032     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3033   }
3034   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3035   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3036   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3037   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3038   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3039   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3040   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3041   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3042   //   identifier has external linkage.
3043   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3044     /* Okay */;
3045   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3046            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3047            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3048     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3049     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3050     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3051   }
3052 
3053   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3054   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3055       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3056     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3057     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3058     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3059   }
3060   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3061       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3062     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3063     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3064     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3065   }
3066 
3067   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3068 
3069   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3070   // need to check for mismatches.
3071   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3072       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3073       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3074         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3075     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3076     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3077     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3078   }
3079 
3080   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3081     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3082       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3083       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3084     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3085       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3086       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3087     } else {
3088       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3089       // static and dynamic initialization.
3090       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3091       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3092       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3093         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3094       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3095     }
3096   }
3097 
3098   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3099   const VarDecl *Def;
3100   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3101       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3102       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3103     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3104     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3105     New->setInvalidDecl();
3106     return;
3107   }
3108 
3109   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3110     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3111     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3112     New->setInvalidDecl();
3113     return;
3114   }
3115 
3116   // Merge "used" flag.
3117   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3118     New->setIsUsed();
3119 
3120   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3121   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3122   if (NewTemplate)
3123     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3124 
3125   // Inherit access appropriately.
3126   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3127   if (NewTemplate)
3128     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3129 }
3130 
3131 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3132 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3133 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3134                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3135   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3136 }
3137 
3138 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3139   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3140     return;
3141 
3142   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3143     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3144     // it is anonymous.
3145     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3146       return;
3147     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3148         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3149     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3150         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3151     return;
3152   }
3153 
3154   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3155   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3156   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3157           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3158                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3159     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3160         Tag,
3161         MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3162   }
3163 }
3164 
3165 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3166 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3167 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3168 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3169                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3170                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3171                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3172   Decl *TagD = 0;
3173   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
3174   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3175       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3176       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3177       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3178       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3179     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3180 
3181     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3182       return 0;
3183 
3184     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3185     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3186     // it's a Type.
3187     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3188       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3189     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3190       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3191   }
3192 
3193   if (Tag) {
3194     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
3195     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3196     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3197       return Tag;
3198   }
3199 
3200   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3201     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3202     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3203     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3204       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3205            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3206            << DS.getSourceRange();
3207   }
3208 
3209   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3210     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3211     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3212     if (Tag)
3213       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3214         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3215             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3216             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3217             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3218     else
3219       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3220     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3221     return TagD;
3222   }
3223 
3224   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3225 
3226   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3227     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3228     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3229     if (TagD && !Tag)
3230       return 0;
3231     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3232   }
3233 
3234   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3235   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3236     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3237   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3238       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3239     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3240     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3241     // or an explicit specialization.
3242     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3243     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3244       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3245           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3246           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3247           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3248       << SS.getRange();
3249     return 0;
3250   }
3251 
3252   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3253   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3254 
3255   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3256   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3257     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3258         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3259       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3260           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3261         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3262 
3263       DeclaresAnything = false;
3264     }
3265   }
3266 
3267   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member.
3268   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3269       CurContext->isRecord() &&
3270       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3271     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
3272     //   struct STRUCT;
3273     // and
3274     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3275     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3276     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
3277         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
3278          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
3279       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
3280         << DS.getSourceRange();
3281       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3282     }
3283   }
3284 
3285   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3286   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3287       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3288     return TagD;
3289 
3290   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3291       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3292     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3293       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3294           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3295         DeclaresAnything = false;
3296 
3297   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3298     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3299     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3300       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3301         << DS.getSourceRange();
3302     else
3303       DeclaresAnything = false;
3304   }
3305 
3306   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3307       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3308     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3309       << Tag->getTagKind()
3310       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3311 
3312   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3313 
3314   // C 6.7/2:
3315   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3316   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3317   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3318   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3319   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3320   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3321   //   previous declaration.
3322   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3323     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3324     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3325     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3326     return TagD;
3327   }
3328 
3329   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3330   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3331   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3332   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3333   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3334   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3335   //
3336   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3337   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3338   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3339     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3340 
3341   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3342   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3343   // useless.
3344   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
3345     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3346       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3347         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3348 
3349   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3350     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3351       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3352   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3353     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3354       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3355     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3356       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3357     // Restrict is covered above.
3358     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3359       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3360   }
3361 
3362   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3363   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3364   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3365   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3366     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3367     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3368         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3369         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3370         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3371         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3372       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3373       while (attrs) {
3374         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3375         << attrs->getName()
3376         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3377             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3378             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3379             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3380         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3381       }
3382     }
3383   }
3384 
3385   return TagD;
3386 }
3387 
3388 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3389 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3390 ///
3391 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3392 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3393                                          Scope *S,
3394                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3395                                          DeclarationName Name,
3396                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3397                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3398   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3399                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3400   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3401 
3402   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3403     return false;
3404 
3405   // Pick a representative declaration.
3406   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3407   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3408 
3409   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3410     return false;
3411 
3412   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3413   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3414 
3415   return true;
3416 }
3417 
3418 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3419 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3420 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3421 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3422 /// struct, e.g.,
3423 ///
3424 /// @code
3425 /// union {
3426 ///   int i;
3427 ///   float f;
3428 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3429 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3430 /// @endcode
3431 ///
3432 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3433 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3434 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3435                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3436                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3437                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3438                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3439                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3440   unsigned diagKind
3441     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3442                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3443 
3444   bool Invalid = false;
3445 
3446   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3447   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3448     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3449         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3450       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3451       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3452                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3453         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3454         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3455         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3456         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3457         Invalid = true;
3458       } else {
3459         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3460         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3461         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3462         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3463         //   anonymous union is declared.
3464         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3465         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3466           for (auto *PI : IF->chain())
3467             Chaining.push_back(PI);
3468         else
3469           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3470 
3471         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3472         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3473           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3474         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3475           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3476 
3477         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3478           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3479                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3480                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3481 
3482         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3483         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3484         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3485 
3486         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3487         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3488 
3489         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3490       }
3491     }
3492   }
3493 
3494   return Invalid;
3495 }
3496 
3497 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3498 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3499 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3500 static StorageClass
3501 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3502   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3503   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3504          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3505   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3506   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3507   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3508     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3509       return SC_None;
3510     return SC_Extern;
3511   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3512   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3513   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3514   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3515     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3516   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3517   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3518   }
3519   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3520 }
3521 
3522 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3523   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3524 
3525   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3526     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3527     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3528       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3529     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3530       return FD->getLocation();
3531   }
3532 
3533   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3534 }
3535 
3536 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3537                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3538   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3539     return;
3540 
3541   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3542   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3543 }
3544 
3545 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3546                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3547   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3548     return;
3549 
3550   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3551 }
3552 
3553 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3554 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3555 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3556 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3557 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3558                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3559                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3560                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3561   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3562 
3563   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3564   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3565     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3566   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3567     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3568   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3569     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3570 
3571   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3572   // structs/unions.
3573   bool Invalid = false;
3574   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3575     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
3576     unsigned DiagID;
3577     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3578       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3579       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3580       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3581       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3582           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3583            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3584             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3585         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3586           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3587 
3588         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3589         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3590                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3591       }
3592       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3593       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3594       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3595       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3596                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3597         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3598              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3599           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3600 
3601         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3602         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3603                                SourceLocation(),
3604                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3605       }
3606     }
3607 
3608     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3609     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3610       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3611         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3612           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3613           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3614       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3615         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3616              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3617           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3618           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3619       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3620         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3621              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3622           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3623           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3624       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3625         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3626              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3627           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3628           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3629 
3630       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3631     }
3632 
3633     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3634     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3635     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3636     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3637     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
3638       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
3639         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3640         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3641         //   members (clause 11).
3642         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3643         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3644           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3645             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3646           Invalid = true;
3647         }
3648 
3649         // C++ [class.union]p1
3650         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3651         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3652         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3653         //   array of such objects.
3654         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3655           Invalid = true;
3656       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
3657         // Any implicit members are fine.
3658       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3659         // This is a type that showed up in an
3660         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3661         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3662         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3663       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
3664         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3665             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3666           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3667           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3668             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3669               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3670           else {
3671             // This is a nested type declaration.
3672             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3673               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3674             Invalid = true;
3675           }
3676         } else {
3677           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3678           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3679           // not part of standard C++.
3680           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3681                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3682             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3683         }
3684       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
3685         // Any access specifier is fine.
3686       } else {
3687         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3688         // member. Complain about it.
3689         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3690         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
3691           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3692         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
3693           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3694         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
3695           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3696 
3697         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3698         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3699             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3700           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3701             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3702         else {
3703           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
3704               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3705           Invalid = true;
3706         }
3707       }
3708     }
3709 
3710     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
3711     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
3712     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
3713     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
3714         Owner->isRecord())
3715       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
3716                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
3717   }
3718 
3719   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3720     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3721       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3722     Invalid = true;
3723   }
3724 
3725   // Mock up a declarator.
3726   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3727   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3728   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3729 
3730   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3731   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3732   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3733     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3734                              DS.getLocStart(),
3735                              Record->getLocation(),
3736                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3737                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3738                              TInfo,
3739                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3740                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3741     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3742     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3743       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3744   } else {
3745     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3746     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3747     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3748       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3749       // an error here
3750       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3751       Invalid = true;
3752       SC = SC_None;
3753     }
3754 
3755     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3756                            DS.getLocStart(),
3757                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3758                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3759                            TInfo, SC);
3760 
3761     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3762     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3763     // initializer:
3764     //   union { int n = 0; };
3765     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3766   }
3767   Anon->setImplicit();
3768 
3769   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
3770   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3771 
3772   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3773   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3774   // its members.
3775   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3776 
3777   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3778   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3779   // purposes.
3780   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3781   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3782 
3783   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3784                                           Chain, false))
3785     Invalid = true;
3786 
3787   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
3788     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
3789       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3790       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3791               getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
3792                                             ManglingContextDecl)) {
3793         Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3794         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
3795       }
3796     }
3797   }
3798 
3799   if (Invalid)
3800     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3801 
3802   return Anon;
3803 }
3804 
3805 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3806 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3807 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3808 /// Example:
3809 ///
3810 /// struct A { int a; };
3811 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3812 ///
3813 /// void foo() {
3814 ///   B var;
3815 ///   var.a = 3;
3816 /// }
3817 ///
3818 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3819                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3820 
3821   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3822   if (!Record)
3823     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3824 
3825   // Mock up a declarator.
3826   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3827   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3828   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3829 
3830   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3831   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3832                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3833                              DS.getLocStart(),
3834                              DS.getLocStart(),
3835                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3836                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3837                              TInfo,
3838                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3839                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3840   Anon->setImplicit();
3841 
3842   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3843   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3844 
3845   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3846   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3847   // purposes.
3848   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3849   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3850 
3851   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3852   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3853                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3854                                                         Chain, true))
3855     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3856 
3857   return Anon;
3858 }
3859 
3860 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3861 /// given Declarator.
3862 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3863   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3864 }
3865 
3866 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3867 DeclarationNameInfo
3868 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3869   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3870   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3871 
3872   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3873 
3874   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3875   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3876     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3877     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3878     return NameInfo;
3879 
3880   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3881     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3882                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3883     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3884     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3885       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3886     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3887       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3888     return NameInfo;
3889 
3890   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3891     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3892                                                            Name.Identifier));
3893     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3894     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3895     return NameInfo;
3896 
3897   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3898     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3899     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3900     if (Ty.isNull())
3901       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3902     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3903                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3904     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3905     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3906     return NameInfo;
3907   }
3908 
3909   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3910     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3911     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3912     if (Ty.isNull())
3913       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3914     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3915                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3916     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3917     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3918     return NameInfo;
3919   }
3920 
3921   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3922     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3923     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3924     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3925     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3926     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3927       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3928 
3929     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3930     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3931 
3932     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3933     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3934     // was qualified.
3935 
3936     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3937                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3938     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3939     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3940     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3941     return NameInfo;
3942   }
3943 
3944   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3945     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3946     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3947     if (Ty.isNull())
3948       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3949     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3950                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3951     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3952     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3953     return NameInfo;
3954   }
3955 
3956   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3957     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3958     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3959     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3960   }
3961 
3962   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3963 
3964   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3965 }
3966 
3967 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3968   do {
3969     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3970       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3971     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3972       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3973     else
3974       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3975   } while (true);
3976 }
3977 
3978 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3979 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3980 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3981 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3982 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3983 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3984 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3985 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3986                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3987                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3988                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3989   Params.clear();
3990   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3991     return false;
3992   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3993     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3994     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3995 
3996     // The parameter types are identical
3997     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3998       continue;
3999 
4000     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4001     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4002     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4003     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4004 
4005     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4006         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4007       Params.push_back(Idx);
4008     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4009       return false;
4010   }
4011 
4012   return true;
4013 }
4014 
4015 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4016 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4017 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4018 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4019 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4020 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4021                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4022   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4023   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4024   //   - types which will become injected class names
4025   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4026   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4027   // few cases here.
4028 
4029   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4030   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4031   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4032   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4033   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4034   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4035     // Grab the type from the parser.
4036     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
4037     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4038     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4039 
4040     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4041     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4042     // attached already.
4043     if (!TSI)
4044       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4045 
4046     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4047     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4048     if (!TSI) return true;
4049 
4050     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4051     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4052     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4053     break;
4054   }
4055 
4056   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4057   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4058     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4059     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4060     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4061     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4062     break;
4063   }
4064 
4065   default:
4066     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4067     break;
4068   }
4069 
4070   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4071   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4072     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4073 
4074     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4075     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4076     // pointer.
4077     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4078       continue;
4079 
4080     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4081     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4082     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4083       return true;
4084   }
4085 
4086   return false;
4087 }
4088 
4089 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4090   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4091   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4092 
4093   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4094       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4095     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4096 
4097   return Dcl;
4098 }
4099 
4100 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4101 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4102 ///   name different from T:
4103 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4104 ///     - every member function of class T
4105 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4106 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4107 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4108                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4109   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4110 
4111   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4112     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4113       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4114       return true;
4115     }
4116 
4117   return false;
4118 }
4119 
4120 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4121 /// nested-name-specifier.
4122 ///
4123 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4124 ///
4125 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4126 /// resolves.
4127 ///
4128 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4129 ///
4130 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4131 ///
4132 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4133 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4134                                         DeclarationName Name,
4135                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4136   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4137   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4138     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4139 
4140   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4141   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4142   //
4143   // class X {
4144   //   void X::f();
4145   // };
4146   //
4147   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4148   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4149   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4150     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4151       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4152                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4153         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4154       SS.clear();
4155     } else {
4156       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4157     }
4158     return false;
4159   }
4160 
4161   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4162   // declaration.
4163   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4164     if (Cur->isRecord())
4165       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4166         << Name << SS.getRange();
4167     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4168       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4169         << Name << SS.getRange();
4170     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4171       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4172         << Name << SS.getRange();
4173     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4174       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4175         << Name << SS.getRange();
4176     else
4177       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4178       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4179 
4180     return true;
4181   }
4182 
4183   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4184     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4185     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4186       << Name << SS.getRange();
4187     SS.clear();
4188 
4189     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4190     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4191     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4192     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4193          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4194         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4195                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4196       return true;
4197 
4198     return false;
4199   }
4200 
4201   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4202   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4203   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4204   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4205   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4206     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4207   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4208         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4209     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4210       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4211 
4212   return false;
4213 }
4214 
4215 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4216                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4217   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4218   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4219   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4220 
4221   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4222   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4223   if (!Name) {
4224     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4225       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4226            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4227         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4228     return 0;
4229   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4230     return 0;
4231 
4232   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4233   // we find one that is.
4234   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4235          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4236     S = S->getParent();
4237 
4238   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4239   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4240     D.setInvalidType();
4241   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4242     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4243                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4244       return 0;
4245 
4246     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4247     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4248     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4249       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4250       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4251       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4252       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4253       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4254            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4255         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4256         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4257       return 0;
4258     }
4259     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4260 
4261     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4262         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4263       return 0;
4264 
4265     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4266       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4267            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4268         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4269       D.setInvalidType();
4270     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4271       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4272                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4273         if (DC->isRecord())
4274           return 0;
4275 
4276         D.setInvalidType();
4277       }
4278     }
4279 
4280     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4281     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4282     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4283         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4284       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4285       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4286         D.setInvalidType();
4287     }
4288   }
4289 
4290   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4291     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4292     // Just return early; it's safer.
4293     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4294       return 0;
4295 
4296   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4297   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4298 
4299   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4300                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4301     D.setInvalidType();
4302 
4303   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4304                         ForRedeclaration);
4305 
4306   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4307   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4308     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4309     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4310 
4311     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4312     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4313     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4314     //
4315     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4316     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4317     // the same name.
4318     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4319       /* Do nothing*/;
4320     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4321              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4322               R->isFunctionType())) {
4323       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4324       CreateBuiltins =
4325           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4326     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4327                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4328       CreateBuiltins = true;
4329 
4330     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4331       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4332 
4333     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4334   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4335     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4336 
4337     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4338     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4339     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4340     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4341     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4342     //  thereof; [...]
4343     //
4344     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4345     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4346     // we want to match. For example, given:
4347     //
4348     //   class X {
4349     //     void f();
4350     //     void f(float);
4351     //   };
4352     //
4353     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4354     //
4355     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4356     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4357     // matches.
4358 
4359     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4360     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4361     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4362     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4363     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4364   }
4365 
4366   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4367       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4368     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4369     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4370       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4371                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4372 
4373     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4374     Previous.clear();
4375   }
4376 
4377   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4378   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4379   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4380   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4381   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4382       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4383     Previous.clear();
4384 
4385   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4386   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4387   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4388     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4389 
4390   NamedDecl *New;
4391 
4392   bool AddToScope = true;
4393   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4394     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4395       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4396       return 0;
4397     }
4398 
4399     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4400   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4401     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4402                                   TemplateParamLists,
4403                                   AddToScope);
4404   } else {
4405     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4406                                   AddToScope);
4407   }
4408 
4409   if (New == 0)
4410     return 0;
4411 
4412   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4413   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4414   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4415        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4416     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4417     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4418     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4419     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4420     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4421     if (!AddToContext)
4422       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4423   }
4424 
4425   return New;
4426 }
4427 
4428 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4429 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4430 /// GCC compatibility).
4431 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4432                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4433                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4434                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4435   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4436   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4437   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4438   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4439   SizeIsNegative = false;
4440   Oversized = 0;
4441 
4442   if (T->isDependentType())
4443     return QualType();
4444 
4445   QualifierCollector Qs;
4446   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4447 
4448   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4449     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4450     QualType FixedType =
4451         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4452                                             Oversized);
4453     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4454     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4455     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4456   }
4457   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4458     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4459     QualType FixedType =
4460         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4461                                             Oversized);
4462     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4463     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4464     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4465   }
4466 
4467   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4468   if (!VLATy)
4469     return QualType();
4470   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4471   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4472     return QualType();
4473 
4474   llvm::APSInt Res;
4475   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4476       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4477     return QualType();
4478 
4479   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4480   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4481     SizeIsNegative = true;
4482     return QualType();
4483   }
4484 
4485   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4486   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4487     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4488                                               Res);
4489   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4490     Oversized = Res;
4491     return QualType();
4492   }
4493 
4494   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4495                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4496 }
4497 
4498 static void
4499 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4500   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4501     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4502     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4503                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4504     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4505     return;
4506   }
4507   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4508     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4509     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4510                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4511     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4512     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4513     return;
4514   }
4515   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4516   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4517   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4518   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4519   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4520   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4521   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4522   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4523 }
4524 
4525 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4526 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4527 /// GCC compatibility).
4528 static TypeSourceInfo*
4529 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4530                                               ASTContext &Context,
4531                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4532                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4533   QualType FixedTy
4534     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4535                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4536   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4537     return 0;
4538   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4539   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4540                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4541   return FixedTInfo;
4542 }
4543 
4544 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4545 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4546 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4547 /// function-scope declarations.
4548 void
4549 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4550   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4551       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4552     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4553     return;
4554 
4555   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4556   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4557   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4558   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4559 }
4560 
4561 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4562   if (ExternalSource) {
4563     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4564     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4565     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4566     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4567     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4568       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4569         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4570       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4571         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4572     }
4573   }
4574 
4575   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4576   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : 0;
4577 }
4578 
4579 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4580 /// does not identify a function.
4581 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4582   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4583   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4584   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4585     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4586          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4587 
4588   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4589     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4590          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4591 
4592   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4593     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4594          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4595 
4596   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4597     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4598          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4599 }
4600 
4601 NamedDecl*
4602 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4603                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4604   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4605   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4606     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4607       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4608     D.setInvalidType();
4609     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4610     DC = CurContext;
4611     Previous.clear();
4612   }
4613 
4614   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4615 
4616   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4617     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4618       << 1;
4619 
4620   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4621     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4622       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4623     return 0;
4624   }
4625 
4626   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4627   if (!NewTD) return 0;
4628 
4629   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4630   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4631 
4632   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4633 
4634   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4635   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4636   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4637   return ND;
4638 }
4639 
4640 void
4641 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4642   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4643   // then it shall have block scope.
4644   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4645   // that redeclarations will match.
4646   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4647   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4648   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4649     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4650 
4651     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4652       bool SizeIsNegative;
4653       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4654       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4655         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4656                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4657                                                       Oversized);
4658       if (FixedTInfo) {
4659         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4660         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4661       } else {
4662         if (SizeIsNegative)
4663           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4664         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4665           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4666         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4667           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4668             << Oversized.toString(10);
4669         else
4670           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4671         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4672       }
4673     }
4674   }
4675 }
4676 
4677 
4678 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4679 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4680 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4681 NamedDecl*
4682 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4683                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4684   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4685   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4686   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4687                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4688   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4689   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4690     Redeclaration = true;
4691     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4692   }
4693 
4694   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4695   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4696     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4697         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4698       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4699         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4700       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4701         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4702       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4703         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4704       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4705         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4706     }
4707 
4708   return NewTD;
4709 }
4710 
4711 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4712 /// previous declaration.
4713 ///
4714 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4715 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4716 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4717 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4718 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4719 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4720 ///
4721 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4722 /// lookup
4723 ///
4724 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4725 /// declared.
4726 ///
4727 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4728 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4729 static bool
4730 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4731                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4732   if (!PrevDecl)
4733     return false;
4734 
4735   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4736     return false;
4737 
4738   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4739     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4740     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4741     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4742     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4743     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4744     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4745     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4746     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4747       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4748       return false;
4749 
4750     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4751     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4752       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4753       return false;
4754 
4755     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4756     // previous declarations.
4757     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4758     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4759 
4760     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4761     // isn't the same function.
4762     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4763       return false;
4764   }
4765 
4766   return true;
4767 }
4768 
4769 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4770   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4771   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4772   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4773 }
4774 
4775 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4776   QualType type = decl->getType();
4777   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4778   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4779     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4780     unsigned kind = -1U;
4781     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4782       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4783         kind = 0; // __block
4784       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4785         kind = 1; // global
4786     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4787       kind = 3; // ivar
4788     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4789       kind = 2; // field
4790     }
4791 
4792     if (kind != -1U) {
4793       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4794         << kind;
4795     }
4796   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4797     // Try to infer lifetime.
4798     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4799       return false;
4800 
4801     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4802     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4803     decl->setType(type);
4804   }
4805 
4806   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4807     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4808     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4809         var->getTLSKind()) {
4810       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4811         << var->getType();
4812       return true;
4813     }
4814   }
4815 
4816   return false;
4817 }
4818 
4819 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
4820   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
4821   // the wrong linkage.
4822   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
4823 
4824   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
4825   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
4826     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4827       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
4828       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
4829     }
4830   }
4831   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
4832     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4833       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
4834       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
4835     }
4836   }
4837 
4838   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
4839   // It does not apply to functions.
4840   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
4841     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4842       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
4843       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
4844     }
4845   }
4846 
4847   // dll attributes require external linkage.
4848   if (const DLLImportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
4849     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4850       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
4851         << &ND << Attr;
4852       ND.setInvalidDecl();
4853     }
4854   }
4855   if (const DLLExportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
4856     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4857       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
4858         << &ND << Attr;
4859       ND.setInvalidDecl();
4860     }
4861   }
4862 }
4863 
4864 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
4865                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
4866                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
4867   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
4868     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4869   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
4870     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4871 
4872   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
4873       return;
4874 
4875   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4876   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
4877   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4878   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
4879 
4880   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
4881   // inherited attribute instances.
4882   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
4883                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
4884 
4885   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
4886   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
4887   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
4888   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
4889   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
4890   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
4891     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration)
4892       << NewDecl
4893       << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
4894     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4895     NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4896     return;
4897   }
4898 
4899   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
4900   // exception being inline function definitions.
4901   // FIXME: Handle inline functions.
4902   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
4903   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr) {
4904     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
4905            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
4906       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
4907     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4908     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
4909     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4910     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4911   }
4912 }
4913 
4914 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
4915 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
4916 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
4917 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
4918   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
4919 
4920   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
4921   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
4922 
4923   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
4924   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
4925     return false;
4926 
4927   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
4928 
4929 #ifndef NDEBUG
4930   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
4931   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
4932   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
4933   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
4934   FD->setLazyBody(1);
4935 #endif
4936 
4937   bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline);
4938 
4939 #ifndef NDEBUG
4940   FD->setLazyBody(0);
4941 #endif
4942 
4943   return isC99Inline;
4944 }
4945 
4946 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
4947 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
4948 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
4949 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
4950 ///
4951 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
4952 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
4953 ///
4954 /// For instance:
4955 ///
4956 ///   auto x = []{};
4957 ///
4958 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
4959 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
4960 ///
4961 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
4962 template<typename T>
4963 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
4964   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4965     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
4966     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
4967       return false;
4968   }
4969   return D->isExternC();
4970 }
4971 
4972 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
4973   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4974   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4975     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
4976   if (DC->isFileContext())
4977     return true;
4978   if (DC->isRecord())
4979     return false;
4980   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4981 }
4982 
4983 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
4984   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4985   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4986     return true;
4987   if (DC->isRecord())
4988     return false;
4989   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4990 }
4991 
4992 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
4993                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
4994   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
4995     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
4996       return true;
4997   return false;
4998 }
4999 
5000 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5001                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5002   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5003   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5004     return true;
5005 
5006   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5007   // position to the decl itself.
5008   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5009     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5010       return true;
5011   }
5012 
5013   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5014   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5015 }
5016 
5017 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5018 /// function-local external declaration.
5019 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5020   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5021     return false;
5022 
5023   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5024   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5025   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5026   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5027     return true;
5028 
5029   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5030   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5031   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5032   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5033   //
5034   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5035   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5036   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5037     DC = DC->getParent();
5038   return true;
5039 }
5040 
5041 NamedDecl *
5042 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5043                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5044                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5045                               bool &AddToScope) {
5046   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5047   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5048 
5049   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5050   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
5051     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5052 
5053   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5054   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5055   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5056       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport))
5057     SC = SC_Extern;
5058 
5059   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5060   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5061                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5062 
5063   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5064     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5065     QualType NR = R;
5066     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5067       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5068         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5069         D.setInvalidType();
5070         break;
5071       }
5072       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5073     }
5074 
5075     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5076       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5077       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5078       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5079         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5080         D.setInvalidType();
5081       }
5082     }
5083   }
5084 
5085   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5086     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5087     // an error here
5088     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5089     D.setInvalidType();
5090     SC = SC_None;
5091   }
5092 
5093   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5094       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5095                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5096     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5097     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5098     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5099     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5100          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5101       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5102   }
5103 
5104   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5105   if (!II) {
5106     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5107       << Name;
5108     return 0;
5109   }
5110 
5111   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5112 
5113   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
5114     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5115     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5116     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
5117       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
5118       // is a GNU extension.
5119       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
5120         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
5121       else
5122         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5123       D.setInvalidType();
5124     }
5125   }
5126 
5127   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5128     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5129     // OpenCL __local address space.
5130     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5131       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5132     }
5133 
5134     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5135     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5136     // space qualifiers.
5137     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5138       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5139       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5140     }
5141 
5142     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5143     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5144     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5145     // address space qualifiers.
5146     if (R->isEventT()) {
5147       if (S->getParent() == 0) {
5148         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5149         D.setInvalidType();
5150       }
5151 
5152       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5153         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5154         D.setInvalidType();
5155       }
5156     }
5157   }
5158 
5159   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5160   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5161   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5162   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5163   VarDecl *NewVD = 0;
5164   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 0;
5165   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 0;
5166   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5167     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5168                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5169                             R, TInfo, SC);
5170 
5171     if (D.isInvalidType())
5172       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5173   } else {
5174     bool Invalid = false;
5175 
5176     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5177       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5178       switch (SC) {
5179       case SC_None:
5180         break;
5181       case SC_Static:
5182         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5183              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5184           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5185         break;
5186       case SC_Auto:
5187       case SC_Register:
5188       case SC_Extern:
5189         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5190         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5191         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5192         // of class members
5193 
5194         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5195              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5196           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5197         break;
5198       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5199         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5200       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5201         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5202       }
5203     }
5204 
5205     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5206       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5207         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5208           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5209                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5210             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5211 
5212         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5213         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5214         if (RD->isUnion())
5215           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5216                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5217                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5218                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5219         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5220         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5221           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5222                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5223             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5224       }
5225     }
5226 
5227     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5228     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5229     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5230         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5231         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5232         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5233             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5234             : 0,
5235         TemplateParamLists,
5236         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5237 
5238     if (TemplateParams) {
5239       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5240           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5241         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5242         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5243         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5244              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5245           << II
5246           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5247                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5248         TemplateParams = 0;
5249       } else {
5250         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5251           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5252           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5253           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5254           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5255         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5256           // This is a template declaration.
5257           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5258 
5259           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5260           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5261             return 0;
5262 
5263           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5264           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5265                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y
5266                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5267                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5268         }
5269       }
5270     } else {
5271       assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId &&
5272              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5273     }
5274 
5275     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5276       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5277           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5278               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5279               : SourceLocation();
5280       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5281           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5282           IsPartialSpecialization);
5283       if (Res.isInvalid())
5284         return 0;
5285       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5286       AddToScope = false;
5287     } else
5288       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5289                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5290 
5291     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5292     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5293       NewTemplate =
5294           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5295                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5296       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5297     }
5298 
5299     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5300     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5301     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5302       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5303 
5304     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5305       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5306       if (NewTemplate)
5307         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5308     }
5309 
5310     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5311 
5312     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5313     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5314     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5315     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5316       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5317           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5318           TemplateParamLists.data());
5319 
5320     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5321       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5322   }
5323 
5324   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5325   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5326   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5327   if (NewTemplate)
5328     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5329 
5330   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5331     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5332 
5333   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5334     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5335       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5336       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5337       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5338       //   explicitly.
5339       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5340       //   'extern'.
5341       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5342           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5343           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5344         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5345       else
5346         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5347              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5348           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5349     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5350       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5351            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5352     else
5353       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5354   }
5355 
5356   // C99 6.7.4p3
5357   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5358   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5359   //   thread storage duration...
5360   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5361   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5362   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5363   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5364   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5365   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5366       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5367     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5368     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5369       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5370            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5371       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5372     }
5373   }
5374 
5375   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5376     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5377       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5378           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5379           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5380                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5381     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5382       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5383         << 2
5384         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5385     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5386       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5387         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5388         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5389         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5390     else {
5391       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5392       if (NewTemplate)
5393         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5394     }
5395   }
5396 
5397   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5398   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5399 
5400   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5401     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5402     // storage [duration]."
5403     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5404         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5405          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5406       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5407     }
5408   }
5409 
5410   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5411   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5412   // check the VarDecl itself.
5413   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5414          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5415          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5416 
5417   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5418   // retainable type.
5419   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5420     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5421 
5422   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5423   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5424     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5425     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5426     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5427     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
5428       switch (SC) {
5429       case SC_None:
5430       case SC_Auto:
5431         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5432         break;
5433       case SC_Register:
5434         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5435           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5436         break;
5437       case SC_Static:
5438       case SC_Extern:
5439       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5440       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5441         break;
5442       }
5443     }
5444 
5445     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5446                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5447   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5448     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5449       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5450     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5451       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5452       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5453     }
5454   }
5455 
5456   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5457   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5458     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5459 
5460   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5461   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5462   // declaration has linkage).
5463   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5464                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5465                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5466                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5467 
5468   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5469   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5470   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5471       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5472     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5473         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5474         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5475 
5476   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5477     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5478   } else {
5479     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5480     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5481         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5482       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5483 
5484     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5485     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5486       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5487           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5488           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5489         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5490         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5491         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5492           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5493         Previous.clear();
5494         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5495       }
5496     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5497       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5498       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5499         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5500         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5501       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5502     }
5503 
5504     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5505       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5506 
5507     if (NewTemplate) {
5508       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5509           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5510               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5511               : 0;
5512 
5513       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5514       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5515       // template declaration.
5516       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5517               TemplateParams,
5518               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5519                               : 0,
5520               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5521                DC->isDependentContext())
5522                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5523                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5524         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5525 
5526       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5527       // template, make a note of that.
5528       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5529           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5530         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5531     }
5532   }
5533 
5534   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5535 
5536   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5537   // the map of such variables.
5538   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5539       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5540     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5541 
5542   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5543     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5544     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5545             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5546                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5547       Context.setManglingNumber(
5548           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
5549       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5550     }
5551   }
5552 
5553   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
5554     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
5555         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
5556         IsExplicitSpecialization);
5557   }
5558 
5559   if (NewTemplate) {
5560     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5561       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5562     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5563     return NewTemplate;
5564   }
5565 
5566   return NewVD;
5567 }
5568 
5569 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5570 /// -Wshadow.
5571 ///
5572 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5573 /// scope.
5574 ///
5575 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5576 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5577 ///
5578 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5579   // Return if warning is ignored.
5580   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
5581         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5582     return;
5583 
5584   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5585   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5586     return;
5587 
5588   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5589 
5590   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5591   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5592     return;
5593 
5594   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5595   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5596     return;
5597 
5598   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5599   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5600     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5601       if (MD->isStatic())
5602         return;
5603 
5604   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5605     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5606       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5607       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5608       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
5609         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5610           ShadowedDecl = I;
5611           break;
5612         }
5613     }
5614 
5615   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5616 
5617   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5618   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5619     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5620     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5621       return;
5622 
5623     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5624     // static data members from base classes?
5625 
5626     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5627     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5628     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5629   }
5630 
5631   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5632   unsigned Kind;
5633   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5634     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5635       Kind = 3; // field
5636     else
5637       Kind = 2; // static data member
5638   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5639     Kind = 1; // global
5640   else
5641     Kind = 0; // local
5642 
5643   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5644 
5645   // Emit warning and note.
5646   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
5647     return;
5648   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5649   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5650 }
5651 
5652 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5653 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5654   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
5655         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5656     return;
5657 
5658   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5659                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5660   LookupName(R, S);
5661   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5662 }
5663 
5664 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5665 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5666 template<typename T>
5667 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5668     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5669   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5670   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5671 
5672   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5673     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5674     // declaration.
5675     return false;
5676   }
5677 
5678   if (Prev) {
5679     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5680       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5681       // redeclaration.
5682       Previous.clear();
5683       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5684       return true;
5685     }
5686 
5687     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5688     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5689     // declaration.
5690     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5691       return false;
5692   } else {
5693     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5694     // translation unit which might conflict.
5695     if (IsGlobal) {
5696       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5697       IsGlobal = false;
5698       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5699            I != E; ++I) {
5700         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5701           Prev = *I;
5702           break;
5703         }
5704       }
5705     } else {
5706       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5707           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5708       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5709            I != E; ++I) {
5710         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5711           Prev = *I;
5712           break;
5713         }
5714         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5715         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5716         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5717         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5718         // diagnostic.
5719       }
5720     }
5721 
5722     if (!Prev)
5723       return false;
5724   }
5725 
5726   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
5727   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
5728   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
5729   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
5730     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
5731   else
5732     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
5733 
5734   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
5735     << IsGlobal << ND;
5736   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
5737     << IsGlobal;
5738   return false;
5739 }
5740 
5741 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
5742 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
5743 ///
5744 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
5745 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
5746 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
5747 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
5748 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
5749 template<typename T>
5750 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
5751                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
5752   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5753     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
5754     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
5755     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
5756     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5757       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
5758         Previous.clear();
5759         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5760         return true;
5761       }
5762     }
5763     return false;
5764   }
5765 
5766   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
5767   // declaration.
5768   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5769     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
5770 
5771   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
5772   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
5773   // in another scope.
5774   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
5775     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
5776 
5777   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
5778   return false;
5779 }
5780 
5781 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5782   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5783   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5784     return;
5785 
5786   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5787   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5788 
5789   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
5790   if (T->isUndeducedType())
5791     return;
5792 
5793   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
5794     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
5795 
5796   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5797     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
5798       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
5799     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5800     NewVD->setType(T);
5801   }
5802 
5803   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
5804   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
5805   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
5806   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
5807   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5808     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
5809     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5810     return;
5811   }
5812 
5813   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
5814   // __constant address space.
5815   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
5816       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
5817       && !T->isSamplerT()){
5818     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
5819     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5820     return;
5821   }
5822 
5823   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
5824   // scope.
5825   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5826       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5827     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
5828     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5829     return;
5830   }
5831 
5832   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
5833       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5834     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
5835       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
5836     else {
5837       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
5838       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
5839     }
5840   }
5841 
5842   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
5843   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
5844       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5845     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5846 
5847   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
5848       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
5849     bool SizeIsNegative;
5850     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5851     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5852       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5853                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5854     if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
5855       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
5856       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
5857       // int a[10][n];
5858       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
5859 
5860       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5861         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
5862         << SizeRange;
5863       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
5864         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
5865         << SizeRange;
5866       else
5867         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
5868         << SizeRange;
5869       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5870       return;
5871     }
5872 
5873     if (FixedTInfo == 0) {
5874       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5875         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5876       else
5877         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
5878       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5879       return;
5880     }
5881 
5882     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5883     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
5884     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5885   }
5886 
5887   if (T->isVoidType()) {
5888     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
5889     //                    of objects and functions.
5890     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5891       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
5892         << T;
5893       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5894       return;
5895     }
5896   }
5897 
5898   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5899     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
5900     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5901     return;
5902   }
5903 
5904   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5905     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
5906     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5907     return;
5908   }
5909 
5910   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
5911       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
5912                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
5913     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5914     return;
5915   }
5916 }
5917 
5918 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
5919 /// declaration.
5920 ///
5921 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
5922 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
5923 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
5924 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
5925 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
5926 ///
5927 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
5928 ///
5929 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
5930 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
5931   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
5932 
5933   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5934   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5935     return false;
5936 
5937   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
5938   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
5939   if (Previous.empty() &&
5940       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
5941     Previous.setShadowed();
5942 
5943   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
5944   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
5945 
5946   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5947     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
5948     return true;
5949   }
5950   return false;
5951 }
5952 
5953 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
5954 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
5955   Sema *S;
5956   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
5957 };
5958 
5959 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
5960 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
5961 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
5962 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
5963                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
5964                                  void *UserData) {
5965   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
5966 
5967   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
5968     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
5969 
5970   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
5971 
5972   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
5973   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5974     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
5975     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
5976     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
5977 
5978     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
5979   }
5980 
5981   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
5982        !Path.Decls.empty();
5983        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
5984     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
5985     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5986       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
5987         return true;
5988     }
5989   }
5990 
5991   return false;
5992 }
5993 
5994 namespace {
5995   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
5996 }
5997 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
5998 /// overriden methods.
5999 ///
6000 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6001 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6002 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6003 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6004                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6005   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6006   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6007                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6008        I != E; ++I) {
6009     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6010     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6011     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6012     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6013         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6014         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6015       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6016   }
6017 }
6018 
6019 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6020 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6021 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6022   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
6023   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6024   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6025   Data.Method = MD;
6026   Data.S = this;
6027   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6028   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6029   bool AddedAny = false;
6030   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6031     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6032       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6033         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6034         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6035             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6036             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6037             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6038           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6039           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6040           AddedAny = true;
6041         }
6042       }
6043     }
6044   }
6045 
6046   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6047     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6048   }
6049   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6050     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6051   }
6052 
6053   return AddedAny;
6054 }
6055 
6056 namespace {
6057   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6058   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6059   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6060     Scope *S;
6061     Declarator &D;
6062     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6063     bool AddToScope;
6064   };
6065 }
6066 
6067 namespace {
6068 
6069 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6070 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6071 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6072  public:
6073   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6074                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6075       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6076         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
6077 
6078   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6079     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6080       return false;
6081 
6082     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6083     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6084                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6085          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6086       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6087 
6088       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6089           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6090         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6091           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6092           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6093             return true;
6094         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6095           return true;
6096         }
6097       }
6098     }
6099 
6100     return false;
6101   }
6102 
6103  private:
6104   ASTContext &Context;
6105   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6106   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6107 };
6108 
6109 }
6110 
6111 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6112 ///
6113 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6114 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6115 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6116 /// the same name.
6117 ///
6118 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6119 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6120 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6121     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6122     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6123   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6124   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6125   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6126   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6127   TypoCorrection Correction;
6128   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6129   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6130                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6131   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6132                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6133                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6134                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6135 
6136   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6137   if (IsLocalFriend)
6138     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6139   else
6140     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6141   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6142          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6143   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6144   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6145                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
6146   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6147     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6148          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6149       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6150       if (FD &&
6151           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6152         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6153         // involve a parameter
6154         unsigned ParamNum =
6155             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6156         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6157       }
6158     }
6159   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6160   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6161                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6162                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6163                  IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) {
6164     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6165     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6166                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6167     Previous.clear();
6168     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6169     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6170                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6171          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6172       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6173       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6174           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6175         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6176       }
6177     }
6178     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6179 
6180     NamedDecl *Result;
6181     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6182     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6183     {
6184       // Trap errors.
6185       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6186 
6187       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6188       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6189       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6190       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6191           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6192           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6193           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6194           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6195 
6196       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6197         Result = 0;
6198     }
6199 
6200     if (Result) {
6201       // Determine which correction we picked.
6202       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6203       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6204            I != E; ++I)
6205         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6206           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6207 
6208       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6209           Correction,
6210           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6211                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6212                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6213             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6214       return Result;
6215     }
6216 
6217     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6218     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6219                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6220     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6221     Previous.clear();
6222     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6223   }
6224 
6225   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6226       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6227 
6228   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6229   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6230     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6231 
6232   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6233        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6234        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6235     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6236     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6237     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6238     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6239 
6240     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6241     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6242       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6243       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6244       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6245       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6246                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6247         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6248         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6249     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6250       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6251           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6252     } else
6253       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6254                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6255                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6256   }
6257   return 0;
6258 }
6259 
6260 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6261                                                           Declarator &D) {
6262   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6263   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6264   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6265   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6266   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6267     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6268                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6269     D.setInvalidType();
6270     break;
6271   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6272   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6273     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6274       return SC_None;
6275     return SC_Extern;
6276   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6277     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6278       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6279       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6280       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6281       //   other than extern
6282       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6283       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6284                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6285       break;
6286     } else
6287       return SC_Static;
6288   }
6289   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6290   }
6291 
6292   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6293   return SC_None;
6294 }
6295 
6296 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6297                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6298                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6299                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6300                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6301   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6302   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6303 
6304   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
6305   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6306 
6307   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6308     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6309     // prototype. This true when:
6310     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6311     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6312     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6313     bool HasPrototype =
6314       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6315       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6316 
6317     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6318                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6319                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6320                                  HasPrototype, false);
6321     if (D.isInvalidType())
6322       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6323 
6324     // Set the lexical context.
6325     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6326 
6327     return NewFD;
6328   }
6329 
6330   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6331   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6332 
6333   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6334   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6335   // the class has been completely parsed.
6336   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6337       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6338           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6339           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6340     D.setInvalidType();
6341 
6342   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6343     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6344     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6345            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6346 
6347     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6348     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6349                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6350                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6351                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6352                                       isConstexpr);
6353 
6354   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6355     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6356     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6357       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6358       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6359       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6360                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6361                                         D.getLocStart(),
6362                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6363                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6364 
6365       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6366       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6367       // it yet.
6368       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6369           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6370           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6371         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6372       }
6373 
6374       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6375       return NewDD;
6376 
6377     } else {
6378       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6379       D.setInvalidType();
6380 
6381       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6382       // code path.
6383       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6384                                   D.getLocStart(),
6385                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6386                                   SC, isInline,
6387                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6388     }
6389 
6390   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6391     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6392       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6393            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6394       return 0;
6395     }
6396 
6397     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6398     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6399     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6400                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6401                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6402                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6403 
6404   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6405     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6406     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6407     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6408     // constructor if it has no return type).
6409     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6410         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6411       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6412         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6413         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6414       return 0;
6415     }
6416 
6417     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6418     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6419                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6420                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6421                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6422                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6423     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6424     return Ret;
6425   } else {
6426     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6427     // prototype. This true when:
6428     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6429     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6430                                 D.getLocStart(),
6431                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6432                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6433   }
6434 }
6435 
6436 enum OpenCLParamType {
6437   ValidKernelParam,
6438   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6439   PtrKernelParam,
6440   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6441   InvalidKernelParam,
6442   RecordKernelParam
6443 };
6444 
6445 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6446   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6447     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6448     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
6449       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
6450     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
6451                                               : PtrKernelParam;
6452   }
6453 
6454   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6455   // be used as builtin types.
6456 
6457   if (PT->isImageType())
6458     return PtrKernelParam;
6459 
6460   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6461     return InvalidKernelParam;
6462 
6463   if (PT->isEventT())
6464     return InvalidKernelParam;
6465 
6466   if (PT->isHalfType())
6467     return InvalidKernelParam;
6468 
6469   if (PT->isRecordType())
6470     return RecordKernelParam;
6471 
6472   return ValidKernelParam;
6473 }
6474 
6475 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6476   Sema &S,
6477   Declarator &D,
6478   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6479   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) {
6480   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6481 
6482   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6483   // used again
6484   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6485     return;
6486 
6487   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6488   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6489     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6490     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6491     // pointer to a pointer type.
6492     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6493     D.setInvalidType();
6494     return;
6495 
6496   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
6497     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6498     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6499     // pointer to the private address space.
6500     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
6501     D.setInvalidType();
6502     return;
6503 
6504     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6505     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6506     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6507     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6508     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6509 
6510   case InvalidKernelParam:
6511     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6512     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6513     // of event_t type.
6514     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6515     D.setInvalidType();
6516     return;
6517 
6518   case PtrKernelParam:
6519   case ValidKernelParam:
6520     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6521     return;
6522 
6523   case RecordKernelParam:
6524     break;
6525   }
6526 
6527   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6528   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6529 
6530   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6531   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6532   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6533   HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0);
6534 
6535   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6536   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6537 
6538   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6539 
6540   do {
6541     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6542     if (!Next) {
6543       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6544       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6545       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6546         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6547 
6548       continue;
6549     }
6550 
6551     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6552     // field itself) to the history stack.
6553     const RecordDecl *RD;
6554     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6555       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6556       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6557     } else {
6558       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6559     }
6560 
6561     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6562     VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0);
6563 
6564     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6565       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6566 
6567       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6568         continue;
6569 
6570       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6571       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6572         continue;
6573 
6574       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6575         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6576         continue;
6577       }
6578 
6579       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6580       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6581       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6582       // union.
6583       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
6584           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
6585         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6586                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6587           << PT->isUnionType()
6588           << PT;
6589       } else {
6590         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6591       }
6592 
6593       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6594         << PD->getDeclName();
6595 
6596       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6597       // the offending field came from
6598       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6599              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6600         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6601         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6602           << OuterField->getType();
6603       }
6604 
6605       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6606         << QT->isPointerType()
6607         << QT;
6608       D.setInvalidType();
6609       return;
6610     }
6611   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6612 }
6613 
6614 NamedDecl*
6615 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6616                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6617                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6618                               bool &AddToScope) {
6619   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6620 
6621   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6622 
6623   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6624   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6625   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6626   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6627 
6628   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6629     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6630          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6631       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6632 
6633   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6634     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6635 
6636   bool isFriend = false;
6637   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
6638   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6639   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6640 
6641   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6642   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6643   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6644 
6645   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6646 
6647   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6648   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6649 
6650   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6651                                               isVirtualOkay);
6652   if (!NewFD) return 0;
6653 
6654   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6655     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6656 
6657   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6658   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6659   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6660   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6661 
6662   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6663     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6664 
6665   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6666     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6667     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6668     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6669     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6670     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6671     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6672       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6673       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6674       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6675       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6676     }
6677 
6678     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6679     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6680     // return true).
6681     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6682           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6683       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6684         NewFD->setPure(true);
6685     }
6686 
6687     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6688     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6689     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6690     if (D.isInvalidType())
6691       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6692 
6693     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6694     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6695     bool Invalid = false;
6696     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6697             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6698                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6699                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6700                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6701                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
6702                     : 0,
6703                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
6704                 Invalid)) {
6705       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6706         // This is a function template
6707 
6708         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6709         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6710           return 0;
6711 
6712         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6713         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6714           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6715           return 0;
6716         }
6717 
6718         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6719         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6720         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6721         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6722           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6723           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6724             Invalid = true;
6725         }
6726 
6727 
6728         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6729                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
6730                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
6731                                                         NewFD);
6732         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6733         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6734 
6735         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6736         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6737           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6738                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6739                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6740         }
6741       } else {
6742         // This is a function template specialization.
6743         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6744         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6745         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6746           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6747                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
6748                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6749 
6750         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6751         if (isFriend) {
6752           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6753           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6754 
6755           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6756           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6757           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6758           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6759           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6760           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6761           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6762             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6763             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6764           }
6765 
6766           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6767             << Name << RemoveRange
6768             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6769             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6770         }
6771       }
6772     }
6773     else {
6774       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6775       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6776       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6777         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6778         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6779                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6780                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6781     }
6782 
6783     if (Invalid) {
6784       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6785       if (FunctionTemplate)
6786         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6787     }
6788 
6789     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
6790     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
6791     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
6792     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
6793     //
6794     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6795       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
6796         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6797              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6798       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6799         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
6800         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6801              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
6802           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6803       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6804         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
6805         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
6806         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6807              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
6808           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6809       } else {
6810         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
6811         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
6812       }
6813 
6814       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6815           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
6816         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
6817     }
6818 
6819     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6820         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
6821          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
6822         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
6823       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
6824       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
6825       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
6826       // thing to do.
6827       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
6828       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
6829       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6830           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6831       QualType Result =
6832           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
6833       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
6834                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
6835     }
6836 
6837     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
6838     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
6839     //  declaration.
6840     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6841       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6842         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
6843         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6844              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6845           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6846       }
6847     }
6848 
6849     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
6850     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
6851     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
6852     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
6853     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6854       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6855         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
6856         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6857              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
6858           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6859       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
6860                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6861         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
6862         // or conversion function.
6863         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6864              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
6865           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6866       }
6867     }
6868 
6869     if (isConstexpr) {
6870       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
6871       // are implicitly inline.
6872       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6873 
6874       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
6875       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
6876       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
6877       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
6878         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
6879     }
6880 
6881     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
6882     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6883       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6884         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
6885           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
6886         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6887           << 0
6888           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
6889       } else {
6890         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
6891         if (FunctionTemplate)
6892           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6893       }
6894     }
6895 
6896     if (isFriend) {
6897       if (FunctionTemplate) {
6898         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6899         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
6900       }
6901       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6902       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6903     }
6904 
6905     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
6906     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
6907     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
6908     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
6909       case FDK_Declaration:
6910       case FDK_Definition:
6911         break;
6912 
6913       case FDK_Defaulted:
6914         NewFD->setDefaulted();
6915         break;
6916 
6917       case FDK_Deleted:
6918         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
6919         break;
6920     }
6921 
6922     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
6923         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6924       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
6925       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
6926       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
6927       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6928     }
6929 
6930     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
6931         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6932       // C++ [class.static]p1:
6933       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
6934       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
6935       //   the class.
6936 
6937       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
6938       // member function definition.
6939       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6940            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6941         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6942     }
6943 
6944     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
6945     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
6946     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
6947     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6948     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
6949          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
6950         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
6951       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6952       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
6953       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
6954                                              FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
6955     }
6956   }
6957 
6958   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
6959   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
6960                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6961                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
6962                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
6963 
6964   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6965   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
6966     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6967     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6968     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
6969                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
6970   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6971     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6972       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
6973     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6974       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
6975       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6976     }
6977   }
6978 
6979   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
6980   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
6981   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
6982   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
6983     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6984 
6985     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
6986     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
6987     // single void argument.
6988     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
6989     // already checks for that case.
6990     if (FTI.NumParams == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.Params[0].Ident == 0 &&
6991         FTI.Params[0].Param &&
6992         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
6993       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
6994     } else if (FTI.NumParams > 0 && FTI.Params[0].Param != 0) {
6995       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
6996         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
6997         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
6998         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
6999         Params.push_back(Param);
7000 
7001         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7002           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7003       }
7004     }
7005 
7006   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7007     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7008     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7009     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7010     //
7011     // @code
7012     // typedef void fn(int);
7013     // fn f;
7014     // @endcode
7015 
7016     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7017     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7018       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7019           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7020       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7021       Params.push_back(Param);
7022     }
7023   } else {
7024     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7025            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7026   }
7027 
7028   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7029   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7030 
7031   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7032   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7033   //
7034   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7035   //
7036   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7037   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7038   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7039 
7040   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7041     NewFD->addAttr(
7042         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7043                                        Context, 0));
7044 
7045   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7046   // because all functions have linkage.
7047   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7048       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7049     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7050     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7051   }
7052 
7053   if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue &&
7054       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7055     NewFD->addAttr(
7056         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7057                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7058                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7059     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7060                      PSF_Implicit | PSF_Execute | PSF_Read, NewFD))
7061       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7062   }
7063 
7064   // Handle attributes.
7065   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7066 
7067   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
7068   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
7069       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
7070   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
7071       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
7072     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7073     // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute.
7074     // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions
7075     // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators)
7076     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret)
7077       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7078   }
7079 
7080   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7081     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7082     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7083     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
7084     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7085         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7086         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7087       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7088            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7089       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7090     }
7091   }
7092 
7093   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7094     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7095     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7096     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7097       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7098 
7099     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7100       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7101 
7102     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7103       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7104                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7105     else if (!Previous.empty())
7106       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
7107       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7108     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7109             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7110            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7111   } else {
7112     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7113     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7114     //
7115     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7116     //
7117     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7118     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7119     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7120         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7121         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7122       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7123            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7124         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7125 
7126     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7127     // argument list into our AST format.
7128     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7129       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7130       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7131       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7132       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7133                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7134       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7135                                  TemplateArgs);
7136 
7137       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7138 
7139       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7140         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7141       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7142         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7143         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7144           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7145 
7146         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7147       } else {
7148         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7149                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7150                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7151         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7152         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7153       }
7154     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7155       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7156       // wrote something like:
7157       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7158       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7159       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7160       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7161       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7162       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7163       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7164     }
7165 
7166     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7167     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7168     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7169     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7170     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7171     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7172         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7173          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7174             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7175             InstantiationDependent))) {
7176       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7177              "friend function specialization without template args");
7178       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7179                                                        Previous))
7180         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7181     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7182       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7183           && !isFriend) {
7184         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7185         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7186           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7187           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7188           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7189       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7190                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
7191                                                      Previous))
7192         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7193 
7194       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7195       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7196       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7197       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7198           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7199       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7200         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7201           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7202                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7203             << SC
7204             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7205                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7206 
7207         else
7208           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7209                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7210             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7211                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7212       }
7213 
7214     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7215       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7216           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7217     }
7218 
7219     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7220     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7221       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7222         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7223 
7224       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7225         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7226 
7227       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7228         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7229                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7230     }
7231 
7232     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7233             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7234            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7235 
7236     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7237                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7238                                 : NewFD);
7239 
7240     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7241       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7242       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7243         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7244 
7245       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7246       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7247     }
7248 
7249     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7250         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7251       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7252 
7253     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7254     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7255     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7256       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7257                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7258       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7259                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
7260                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7261                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7262                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7263                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7264                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7265                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7266                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7267                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7268                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7269     }
7270 
7271     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7272       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7273     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7274       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7275                                        AddToScope };
7276       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7277       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7278         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7279 
7280       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7281       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7282         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7283         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7284 
7285         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7286         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7287         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7288         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7289         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7290         // can actually do this check immediately.
7291         if (isFriend &&
7292             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7293              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7294              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7295           // ignore these
7296         } else {
7297           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7298           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7299           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7300           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7301           //
7302           // class X {
7303           //   void f() const;
7304           // };
7305           //
7306           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7307           //
7308           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7309           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7310           // whether the parameter types are references).
7311 
7312           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7313                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) {
7314             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7315             return Result;
7316           }
7317         }
7318 
7319         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7320         // to something.
7321       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7322         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7323                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7324           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7325           return Result;
7326         }
7327       }
7328 
7329     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7330                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7331                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7332                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7333       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7334       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7335       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7336       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7337       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7338       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7339       // generate them.
7340       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7341         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7342     }
7343   }
7344 
7345   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7346   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7347 
7348   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7349 
7350   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7351       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7352     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7353          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7354       << NewFD;
7355 
7356     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7357     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7358     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7359         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7360     EPI.Variadic = true;
7361     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7362 
7363     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7364     NewFD->setType(R);
7365   }
7366 
7367   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7368   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7369   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7370     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7371 
7372   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7373   // marking the function.
7374   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7375 
7376   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7377   // the map of such variables.
7378   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7379       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7380     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7381 
7382   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7383   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7384 
7385   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7386     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7387         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7388         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7389   }
7390 
7391   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7392     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7393       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7394         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7395       return FunctionTemplate;
7396     }
7397   }
7398 
7399   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7400     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7401     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7402         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7403       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7404       D.setInvalidType();
7405     }
7406 
7407     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7408     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7409       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7410            diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type);
7411       D.setInvalidType();
7412     }
7413 
7414     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7415     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7416       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7417   }
7418 
7419   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7420 
7421   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7422     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7423       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7424           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7425         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7426           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7427             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7428 
7429           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7430         }
7431       }
7432 
7433   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7434   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7435   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7436   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7437     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7438                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7439                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7440                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7441                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7442     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7443     AddToScope = false;
7444   }
7445 
7446   return NewFD;
7447 }
7448 
7449 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7450 ///
7451 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7452 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7453 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7454 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7455 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7456 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7457 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7458 ///
7459 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7460 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7461 ///
7462 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7463 ///
7464 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7465 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7466                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7467                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7468   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7469          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7470 
7471   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7472   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7473   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7474   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7475                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7476 
7477   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7478   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7479 
7480   bool Redeclaration = false;
7481   NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
7482 
7483   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7484   // the same name, if appropriate.
7485   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7486     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7487     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7488     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7489     // function to the scope.
7490     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7491       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7492       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7493         Redeclaration = true;
7494         OldDecl = Candidate;
7495       }
7496     } else {
7497       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7498                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7499       case Ovl_Match:
7500         Redeclaration = true;
7501         break;
7502 
7503       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7504         Redeclaration = true;
7505         break;
7506 
7507       case Ovl_Overload:
7508         Redeclaration = false;
7509         break;
7510       }
7511 
7512       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7513         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7514         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7515         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7516           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7517         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
7518         if (Redeclaration)
7519           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7520         else if (!Previous.empty())
7521           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7522         if (OverloadedDecl)
7523           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7524                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7525         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7526       }
7527     }
7528   }
7529 
7530   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7531   if (!Redeclaration &&
7532       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7533     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7534     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7535       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7536       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7537       Redeclaration = true;
7538       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7539       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7540 
7541       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7542       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7543         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7544           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7545             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7546           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7547                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7548           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7549         }
7550         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7551           Redeclaration = false;
7552           OldDecl = 0;
7553         }
7554       }
7555     }
7556   }
7557 
7558   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7559   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7560   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7561   //
7562   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7563   // definition of a static member function.
7564   //
7565   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7566   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7567   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7568   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7569       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7570       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7571     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = 0;
7572     if (OldDecl)
7573       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7574     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7575       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7576         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7577       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7578       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7579       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7580                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7581 
7582       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7583       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7584       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7585         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7586         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7587                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7588           AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7589 
7590         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7591           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7592       }
7593     }
7594   }
7595 
7596   if (Redeclaration) {
7597     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7598     // merged.
7599     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7600       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7601       return Redeclaration;
7602     }
7603 
7604     Previous.clear();
7605     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7606 
7607     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7608                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7609       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7610       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7611         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7612       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7613       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7614             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7615         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7616         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7617       }
7618 
7619       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7620       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7621       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7622           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7623         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7624         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7625       }
7626 
7627     } else {
7628       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7629       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7630 
7631       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7632         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7633         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7634         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7635         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7636 
7637         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7638         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7639         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7640 
7641         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7642         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7643             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7644           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7645           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7646           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7647           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7648           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7649             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7650           }
7651         }
7652       }
7653     }
7654   }
7655 
7656   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7657   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7658     // C++-specific checks.
7659     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7660       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7661     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7662                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7663       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7664       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7665 
7666       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7667       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7668       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7669         DeclarationName Name
7670           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7671                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7672         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7673           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7674           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7675           return Redeclaration;
7676         }
7677       }
7678     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7679                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7680       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7681     }
7682 
7683     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7684     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7685       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7686           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7687           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7688         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7689           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7690           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7691             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7692           }
7693         }
7694       }
7695 
7696       if (Method->isStatic())
7697         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7698     }
7699 
7700     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
7701     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7702         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7703       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7704       return Redeclaration;
7705     }
7706 
7707     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
7708     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
7709         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7710       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7711       return Redeclaration;
7712     }
7713 
7714     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
7715     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
7716     // during delayed parsing anyway.
7717     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
7718       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
7719 
7720     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
7721     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
7722     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
7723       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
7724       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
7725       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
7726       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
7727         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
7728         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
7729         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
7730       }
7731     }
7732 
7733     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
7734     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
7735     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
7736     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
7737     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
7738       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
7739       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
7740         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
7741             << NewFD << R;
7742       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
7743                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7744         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
7745     }
7746   }
7747   return Redeclaration;
7748 }
7749 
7750 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7751   const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
7752   if (!TSI)
7753     return SourceRange();
7754 
7755   TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
7756   FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
7757   if (!FunctionTL)
7758     return SourceRange();
7759 
7760   TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getReturnLoc();
7761   if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>())
7762     return ResultTL.getSourceRange();
7763 
7764   return SourceRange();
7765 }
7766 
7767 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7768   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
7769   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
7770   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
7771   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7772   //   appear in a declaration of main.
7773   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7774   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7775   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7776     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7777          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7778       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7779   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
7780     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
7781       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
7782   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
7783     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
7784     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc,
7785                               PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
7786     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
7787     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
7788       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
7789   }
7790   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
7791     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
7792       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
7793     FD->setConstexpr(false);
7794   }
7795 
7796   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7797     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
7798         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
7799     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7800     return;
7801   }
7802 
7803   QualType T = FD->getType();
7804   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7805   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7806 
7807   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
7808   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) {
7809     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
7810     // set the flag which tells us that.
7811     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7812     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7813 
7814   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
7815   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
7816   // implicit-return-zero rule.
7817   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7818     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
7819 
7820     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7821     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7822       Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
7823           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7824 
7825   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
7826   } else {
7827     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7828     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7829       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
7830           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7831     else
7832       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
7833 
7834     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7835   }
7836 
7837   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
7838   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
7839 
7840   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
7841   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
7842   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
7843 
7844   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
7845 
7846   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
7847   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
7848   // getting shifty.
7849   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
7850     HasExtraParameters = false;
7851 
7852   if (HasExtraParameters) {
7853     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
7854     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7855     nparams = 3;
7856   }
7857 
7858   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
7859   // if we had some location information about types.
7860 
7861   QualType CharPP =
7862     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
7863   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
7864 
7865   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
7866     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
7867 
7868     bool mismatch = true;
7869 
7870     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
7871       mismatch = false;
7872     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
7873       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
7874       //   char const **
7875       //   char const * const *
7876       //   char * const *
7877 
7878       QualifierCollector qs;
7879       const PointerType* PT;
7880       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7881           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7882           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
7883                               Context.CharTy)) {
7884         qs.removeConst();
7885         mismatch = !qs.empty();
7886       }
7887     }
7888 
7889     if (mismatch) {
7890       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
7891       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
7892       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7893     }
7894   }
7895 
7896   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7897     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
7898   }
7899 
7900   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7901     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
7902     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7903   }
7904 }
7905 
7906 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7907   QualType T = FD->getType();
7908   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7909   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7910 
7911   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
7912   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
7913   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
7914       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7915       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
7916     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
7917     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
7918       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7919 
7920   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7921     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
7922     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7923   }
7924 }
7925 
7926 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
7927   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
7928   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
7929   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
7930   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
7931   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
7932   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
7933   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
7934   // rules there don't matter.)
7935   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
7936     return false;
7937   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
7938     << Init->getSourceRange();
7939   return true;
7940 }
7941 
7942 namespace {
7943   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
7944   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
7945   class SelfReferenceChecker
7946       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
7947     Sema &S;
7948     Decl *OrigDecl;
7949     bool isRecordType;
7950     bool isPODType;
7951     bool isReferenceType;
7952 
7953   public:
7954     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
7955 
7956     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
7957                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
7958       isPODType = false;
7959       isRecordType = false;
7960       isReferenceType = false;
7961       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
7962         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
7963         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
7964         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
7965       }
7966     }
7967 
7968     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
7969     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
7970     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
7971     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
7972       if (isReferenceType)
7973         return;
7974       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7975       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
7976         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7977         return;
7978       }
7979 
7980       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7981         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
7982         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
7983         return;
7984       }
7985 
7986       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
7987         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7988         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7989           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
7990           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7991             return;
7992           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7993         }
7994         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
7995           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7996         return;
7997       }
7998     }
7999 
8000     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
8001     // bad, not just r-value uses.
8002     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8003       if (isReferenceType)
8004         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8005     }
8006 
8007     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8008       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
8009           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
8010         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8011 
8012       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8013     }
8014 
8015     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8016       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8017       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8018 
8019       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8020       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8021       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8022       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8023       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8024       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8025         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8026           Warn = false;
8027         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8028       }
8029 
8030       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8031         if (Warn)
8032           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8033         return;
8034       }
8035 
8036       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8037       // Visit that expression.
8038       Visit(Base);
8039     }
8040 
8041     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8042       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
8043         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
8044           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8045 
8046       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8047     }
8048 
8049     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8050       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8051       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8052           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8053         if (!isPODType)
8054           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8055         return;
8056       }
8057       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8058     }
8059 
8060     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8061 
8062     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8063       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8064       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8065       unsigned diag;
8066       if (isReferenceType) {
8067         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8068       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8069         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8070       } else {
8071         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8072       }
8073 
8074       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8075                             S.PDiag(diag)
8076                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8077                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8078                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8079     }
8080   };
8081 
8082   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8083   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8084                                  bool DirectInit) {
8085     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8086     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8087     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8088       return;
8089 
8090     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8091 
8092     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8093     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8094     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8095       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8096         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8097           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8098             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8099               return;
8100 
8101     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
8102   }
8103 }
8104 
8105 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8106 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8107 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8108 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8109                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8110   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8111   // the initializer.
8112   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8113     return;
8114 
8115   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8116     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8117     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8118     // Thus this grotesque test.
8119     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8120     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8121         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8122       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8123     else {
8124       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8125         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8126       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8127     }
8128     return;
8129   }
8130 
8131   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8132   if (!VDecl) {
8133     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8134     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8135     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8136     return;
8137   }
8138   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8139 
8140   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8141   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8142     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8143     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8144     // contains exactly one expression.
8145     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8146       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8147         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8148         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8149         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8150              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8151                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8152           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8153           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8154         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8155         return;
8156       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8157         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8158              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8159                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8160                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8161           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8162           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8163         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8164         return;
8165       } else {
8166         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8167         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8168           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8169                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8170             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8171             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8172       }
8173     }
8174 
8175     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8176     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8177     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8178         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8179       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8180       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8181         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8182         return;
8183       }
8184       Init = Result.take();
8185       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8186     }
8187 
8188     QualType DeducedType;
8189     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8190             DAR_Failed)
8191       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8192     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8193       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8194       return;
8195     }
8196     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8197     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8198 
8199     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8200     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8201       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8202 
8203     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8204     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8205     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8206     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8207     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8208         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8209       SourceLocation Loc =
8210           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8211       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8212         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8213     }
8214 
8215     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8216     // the previously declared type.
8217     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8218       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8219       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8220       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8221     }
8222 
8223     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8224     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8225     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8226       return;
8227   }
8228 
8229   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8230   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8231     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8232     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8233     return;
8234   }
8235 
8236   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8237     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8238     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8239     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8240     return;
8241   }
8242 
8243   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8244     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8245     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8246     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8247     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8248     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8249       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8250     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8251                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8252       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8253       return;
8254     }
8255 
8256     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8257     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8258                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8259                                AbstractVariableType))
8260       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8261   }
8262 
8263   const VarDecl *Def;
8264   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8265     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8266       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8267     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8268     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8269     return;
8270   }
8271 
8272   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
8273   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8274     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8275     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8276     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8277     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8278     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8279     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8280     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8281     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8282     //
8283     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8284     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8285     // declaration with an initializer.
8286     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8287       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8288           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8289       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8290       return;
8291     }
8292 
8293     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8294       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8295 
8296     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8297       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8298       return;
8299     }
8300   }
8301 
8302   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8303   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8304   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8305     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8306     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8307     return;
8308   }
8309 
8310   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8311   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8312   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8313 
8314   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8315   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8316   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8317       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8318     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8319     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8320       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8321       return;
8322     }
8323     Init = Result.take();
8324   }
8325 
8326   // Perform the initialization.
8327   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8328     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8329     InitializationKind Kind
8330       = DirectInit ?
8331           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8332                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8333                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8334                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8335                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8336                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8337                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8338 
8339     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8340     if (CXXDirectInit)
8341       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8342                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8343 
8344     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8345     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8346     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8347       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8348       return;
8349     }
8350 
8351     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
8352   }
8353 
8354   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8355   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8356   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8357   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8358       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8359     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8360   }
8361 
8362   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8363   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8364   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8365   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8366   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8367     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8368 
8369   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8370     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8371 
8372     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8373       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8374 
8375     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8376     // Although this code can still have problems:
8377     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8378     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8379     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8380     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8381     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8382     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
8383       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
8384         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8385                                  Init->getLocStart());
8386       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8387         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8388     }
8389   }
8390 
8391   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8392   //
8393   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8394   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8395   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8396   //
8397   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8398   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8399   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8400   //
8401   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8402   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8403                                           false,
8404                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8405   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8406     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8407     return;
8408   }
8409   Init = Result.take();
8410 
8411   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8412   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8413 
8414   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8415     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8416     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8417     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8418     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8419       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8420         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8421       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8422       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8423       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8424       // constant expressions.
8425       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8426                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8427                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
8428         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(),
8429              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8430           << Init->getSourceRange();
8431     }
8432   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8433              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8434     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8435     //
8436     // struct S {
8437     //   static const int value = 17;
8438     // };
8439 
8440     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8441     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8442     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8443     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8444     //
8445     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8446     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8447     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8448     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8449     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8450     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8451     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8452     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8453     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8454 
8455     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8456     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8457 
8458     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8459     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8460     // type.
8461     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8462 
8463     // Require constness.
8464     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8465       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8466         << Init->getSourceRange();
8467       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8468 
8469     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8470     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8471       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8472       SourceLocation Loc;
8473       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8474         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8475         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8476         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8477       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8478         ; // Nothing to check.
8479       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8480         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8481       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8482         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8483         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8484         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8485           << Init->getSourceRange();
8486       } else {
8487         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8488         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8489         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8490           << Init->getSourceRange();
8491         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8492       }
8493 
8494     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8495     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8496       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8497       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8498       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8499         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8500              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8501             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8502         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8503              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8504             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8505       } else {
8506         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8507           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8508 
8509         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8510           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8511             << Init->getSourceRange();
8512           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8513         }
8514       }
8515 
8516     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8517     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8518       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8519         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8520         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8521       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8522 
8523     } else {
8524       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8525         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8526       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8527     }
8528   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8529     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8530         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8531          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8532            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8533         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8534       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8535 
8536     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8537     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8538       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8539     else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8540              !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() &&
8541              !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() &&
8542              !Init->isConstantInitializer(
8543                  Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) {
8544       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
8545       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
8546       //   initialization.
8547       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
8548       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init);
8549       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8550         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8551     }
8552   }
8553 
8554   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8555   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8556   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8557   //
8558   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8559   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8560   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8561   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8562   // special case code.
8563 
8564   // C++ 8.5p11:
8565   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8566   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8567   // class type.
8568   if (CXXDirectInit) {
8569     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
8570     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8571   } else if (DirectInit) {
8572     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
8573     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
8574   }
8575 
8576   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
8577 }
8578 
8579 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
8580 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
8581 /// of sanity.
8582 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
8583   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
8584   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
8585   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8586 
8587   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8588   if (!VD) return;
8589 
8590   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
8591   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
8592     D->setInvalidDecl();
8593     return;
8594   }
8595 
8596   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
8597   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
8598 
8599   // Require a complete type.
8600   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
8601                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
8602                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8603     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8604     return;
8605   }
8606 
8607   // Require a non-abstract type.
8608   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
8609                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8610                              AbstractVariableType)) {
8611     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8612     return;
8613   }
8614 
8615   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
8616   // though.
8617 }
8618 
8619 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
8620                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8621   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
8622   if (RealDecl == 0)
8623     return;
8624 
8625   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8626     QualType Type = Var->getType();
8627 
8628     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
8629     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
8630       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
8631         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
8632       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8633       return;
8634     }
8635 
8636     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
8637     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
8638     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
8639     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
8640     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
8641     // member.
8642     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8643       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
8644         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8645              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
8646           << Var->getDeclName();
8647       else
8648         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
8649       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8650       return;
8651     }
8652 
8653     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
8654     // be initialized.
8655     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8656         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
8657         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
8658       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
8659       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8660       return;
8661     }
8662 
8663     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8664     case VarDecl::Definition:
8665       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
8666         break;
8667 
8668       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
8669       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
8670       // a declaration.
8671       //
8672       // Fall through
8673 
8674     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
8675       // It's only a declaration.
8676 
8677       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
8678       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
8679       // object shall be complete.
8680       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8681           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8682           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8683                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
8684         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8685 
8686       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
8687       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8688           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8689                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8690                                  AbstractVariableType))
8691         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8692       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8693           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
8694         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
8695         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
8696       }
8697 
8698       return;
8699 
8700     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
8701       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
8702       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
8703       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
8704       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
8705       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
8706       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
8707         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
8708                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
8709           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8710                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
8711                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
8712             Var->setInvalidDecl();
8713         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8714           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
8715           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
8716           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
8717           // NOTE: code such as the following
8718           //     static struct s;
8719           //     struct s { int a; };
8720           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
8721           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
8722           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
8723           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
8724             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8725                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
8726         }
8727       }
8728 
8729       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
8730       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
8731         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
8732       return;
8733     }
8734 
8735     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8736     // definitions with incomplete array type.
8737     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
8738       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8739            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
8740       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8741       return;
8742     }
8743 
8744     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8745     // definitions with reference type.
8746     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
8747       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
8748         << Var->getDeclName()
8749         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
8750       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8751       return;
8752     }
8753 
8754     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
8755     // variable with dependent type.
8756     if (Type->isDependentType())
8757       return;
8758 
8759     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
8760       return;
8761 
8762     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8763                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
8764                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8765       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8766       return;
8767     }
8768 
8769     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8770     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8771                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8772                                AbstractVariableType)) {
8773       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8774       return;
8775     }
8776 
8777     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
8778     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
8779     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
8780     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
8781     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
8782     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
8783     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
8784     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
8785     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
8786     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
8787     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8788       if (const RecordType *Record
8789             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8790         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
8791         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
8792         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
8793         // incompatibilities with C++98.
8794         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
8795           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8796       }
8797     }
8798 
8799     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
8800     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
8801     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
8802     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
8803     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
8804     //   type shall have a user-declared default
8805     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
8806     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
8807     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
8808     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
8809     //   program is ill-formed.
8810     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
8811     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
8812     //   default-initialized; [...].
8813     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
8814     InitializationKind Kind
8815       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
8816 
8817     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8818     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8819     if (Init.isInvalid())
8820       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8821     else if (Init.get()) {
8822       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
8823       // This is important for template substitution.
8824       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8825     }
8826 
8827     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
8828   }
8829 }
8830 
8831 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
8832   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8833   if (!VD) {
8834     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
8835     D->setInvalidDecl();
8836     return;
8837   }
8838 
8839   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
8840 
8841   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
8842   int Error = -1;
8843   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
8844   case SC_None:
8845     break;
8846   case SC_Extern:
8847     Error = 0;
8848     break;
8849   case SC_Static:
8850     Error = 1;
8851     break;
8852   case SC_PrivateExtern:
8853     Error = 2;
8854     break;
8855   case SC_Auto:
8856     Error = 3;
8857     break;
8858   case SC_Register:
8859     Error = 4;
8860     break;
8861   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
8862     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
8863   }
8864   if (VD->isConstexpr())
8865     Error = 5;
8866   if (Error != -1) {
8867     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
8868       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
8869     D->setInvalidDecl();
8870   }
8871 }
8872 
8873 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
8874   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8875 
8876   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
8877   // local retaining variable.
8878   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8879       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8880     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
8881     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8882     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8883     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8884       break;
8885 
8886     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8887     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8888       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8889       break;
8890     }
8891   }
8892 
8893   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
8894   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
8895   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
8896   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
8897   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
8898   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8899       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
8900       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
8901       getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
8902                        diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
8903                        var->getLocation())) {
8904     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
8905     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
8906     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
8907       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
8908 
8909     if (!prev)
8910       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
8911   }
8912 
8913   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8914       var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
8915     // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
8916     //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
8917     //   have a non-trivial destructor.
8918     Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
8919     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8920       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8921   }
8922 
8923   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8924       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8925     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
8926     int SectionFlags = PSF_Implicit | PSF_Read;
8927     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
8928       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
8929     else if (!var->getInit()) {
8930       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
8931       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
8932     } else {
8933       Stack = &DataSegStack;
8934       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
8935     }
8936     if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue)
8937       var->addAttr(
8938           SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
8939                                       Stack->CurrentValue->getString(),
8940                                       Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
8941     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
8942       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
8943         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
8944   }
8945 
8946   // All the following checks are C++ only.
8947   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
8948 
8949   QualType type = var->getType();
8950   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
8951 
8952   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
8953   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8954     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
8955     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
8956 
8957     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
8958     // constructing this copy.
8959     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
8960       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
8961       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
8962       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
8963       ExprResult result
8964         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
8965             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
8966             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
8967       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
8968         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
8969         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
8970         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
8971       }
8972     }
8973   }
8974 
8975   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
8976   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
8977   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
8978 
8979   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8980       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
8981     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
8982         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
8983                                             var->getLocation())
8984           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) {
8985       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
8986       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
8987       // warned about them.
8988       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
8989       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
8990           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
8991         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
8992           << Init->getSourceRange();
8993     }
8994 
8995     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
8996       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
8997       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
8998         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
8999         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9000         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9001         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9002               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9003           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9004           Notes.clear();
9005         }
9006         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9007           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9008         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9009           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9010       }
9011     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9012       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9013       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9014       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9015       var->checkInitIsICE();
9016     }
9017   }
9018 
9019   // Require the destructor.
9020   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9021     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9022 }
9023 
9024 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9025 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9026 void
9027 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9028   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9029   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9030 
9031   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9032   if (!VD)
9033     return;
9034 
9035   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9036 
9037   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9038     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9039       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9040       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9041     }
9042   }
9043 
9044   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9045       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
9046     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
9047       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9048         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
9049             << VD->getDeclName();
9050         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9051         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9052       }
9053     }
9054   }
9055 
9056   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9057   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9058   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9059   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9060     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9061 
9062   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9063   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
9064     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9065 
9066   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9067   // tag values.
9068   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9069       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9070     return;
9071 
9072   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9073     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9074     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9075       continue;
9076     }
9077     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9078     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9079       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9080            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9081         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9082       continue;
9083     }
9084     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9085       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9086            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9087         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9088       continue;
9089     }
9090     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9091     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9092                                MagicValue,
9093                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9094                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9095                                I->getMustBeNull());
9096   }
9097 }
9098 
9099 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9100                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9101   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9102 
9103   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9104     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9105 
9106   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = 0;
9107   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9108     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9109       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9110         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9111           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9112       Decls.push_back(D);
9113     }
9114 
9115   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9116     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9117       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
9118       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9119         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9120     }
9121   }
9122 
9123   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9124 }
9125 
9126 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9127 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9128 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9129 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9130                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9131   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9132   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9133   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9134   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9135   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9136   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9137   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9138   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9139     QualType Deduced;
9140     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9141     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
9142     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9143       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9144         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9145         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9146         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9147           break;
9148         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9149         if (!U.isNull()) {
9150           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9151           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9152             Deduced = U;
9153             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9154             DeducedDecl = D;
9155           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9156             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9157                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9158               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9159               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9160               << U << D->getDeclName()
9161               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9162               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9163             D->setInvalidDecl();
9164             break;
9165           }
9166         }
9167       }
9168     }
9169   }
9170 
9171   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9172 
9173   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9174       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9175 }
9176 
9177 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9178   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9179 }
9180 
9181 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9182   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9183   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9184    return;
9185 
9186   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
9187                                Group[0]->getLocation())
9188         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
9189     return;
9190 
9191   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9192     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9193     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9194     // additional declaration references:
9195     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9196     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9197     //   'struct S *pS;'
9198     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9199     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9200     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9201       Group = Group.slice(1);
9202     }
9203   }
9204 
9205   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9206   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9207   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9208       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9209     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9210     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9211     //
9212     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9213     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9214     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9215     // ahead through comments.
9216     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9217       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9218   }
9219 }
9220 
9221 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9222 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9223 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9224   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9225 
9226   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9227 
9228   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9229   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9230   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9231     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9232   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9233              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9234     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9235   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9236     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9237          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9238     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9239   }
9240 
9241   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9242     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9243       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9244   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9245     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9246       << 0;
9247 
9248   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9249 
9250   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9251   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9252 
9253   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9254     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9255     // parameter.
9256     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9257 
9258     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9259     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9260       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9261         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9262       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9263     }
9264   }
9265 
9266   // Ensure we have a valid name
9267   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
9268   if (D.hasName()) {
9269     II = D.getIdentifier();
9270     if (!II) {
9271       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9272         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9273       D.setInvalidType(true);
9274     }
9275   }
9276 
9277   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9278   if (II) {
9279     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9280                    ForRedeclaration);
9281     LookupName(R, S);
9282     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9283       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9284       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9285         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9286         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9287         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9288         PrevDecl = 0;
9289       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9290         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9291         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9292 
9293         // Recover by removing the name
9294         II = 0;
9295         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9296         D.setInvalidType(true);
9297       }
9298     }
9299   }
9300 
9301   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9302   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9303   // looking like class members in C++.
9304   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9305                                     D.getLocStart(),
9306                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9307                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9308                                     StorageClass);
9309 
9310   if (D.isInvalidType())
9311     New->setInvalidDecl();
9312 
9313   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9314   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9315   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9316                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9317 
9318   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9319   S->AddDecl(New);
9320   if (II)
9321     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9322 
9323   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9324 
9325   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9326     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9327       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9328       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9329       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9330 
9331   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9332     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9333   }
9334   return New;
9335 }
9336 
9337 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9338 /// typedef.
9339 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9340                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9341                                               QualType T) {
9342   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9343      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9344      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9345   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
9346                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9347                                            SC_None, 0);
9348   Param->setImplicit();
9349   return Param;
9350 }
9351 
9352 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9353                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9354   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9355   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9356   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9357     return;
9358 
9359   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9360     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9361         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9362       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9363         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9364     }
9365   }
9366 }
9367 
9368 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9369                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9370                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9371                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9372   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9373     return;
9374 
9375   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9376   // threshold.
9377   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9378     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9379     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9380       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9381           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9382   }
9383 
9384   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9385   // threshold.
9386   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9387     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9388     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9389       continue;
9390     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9391     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9392       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9393           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9394   }
9395 }
9396 
9397 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9398                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9399                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9400                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9401   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9402   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9403       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9404       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9405 
9406     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9407 
9408     // Special cases for arrays:
9409     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9410     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9411     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9412       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9413         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9414             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9415             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9416       }
9417       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9418     } else {
9419       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9420     }
9421     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9422   }
9423 
9424   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9425                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9426                                          TSInfo,
9427                                          StorageClass, 0);
9428 
9429   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9430   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9431   // the class has been completely parsed.
9432   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9433       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9434                              AbstractParamType))
9435     New->setInvalidDecl();
9436 
9437   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9438   // passed by reference.
9439   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9440     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9441     Diag(NameLoc,
9442          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9443       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9444     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9445     New->setType(T);
9446   }
9447 
9448   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9449   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9450   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9451   // an address space.
9452   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9453     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
9454     // to be qualified with an address space.
9455     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
9456       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9457       New->setInvalidDecl();
9458     }
9459   }
9460 
9461   return New;
9462 }
9463 
9464 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9465                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9466   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9467 
9468   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9469   // for a K&R function.
9470   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9471     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
9472       --i;
9473       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == 0) {
9474         SmallString<256> Code;
9475         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
9476             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
9477         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
9478             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
9479             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
9480 
9481         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
9482         // type.
9483         AttributeFactory attrs;
9484         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
9485         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
9486         unsigned DiagID; // unused
9487         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
9488                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
9489         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
9490         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9491         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9492         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
9493         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9494         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
9495       }
9496     }
9497   }
9498 }
9499 
9500 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
9501   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
9502   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
9503   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
9504 
9505   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
9506   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
9507   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
9508 }
9509 
9510 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9511                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9512   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
9513   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9514     return false;
9515 
9516   // Or declarations that aren't global.
9517   if (!FD->isGlobal())
9518     return false;
9519 
9520   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
9521   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9522     return false;
9523 
9524   // Don't warn about 'main'.
9525   if (FD->isMain())
9526     return false;
9527 
9528   // Don't warn about inline functions.
9529   if (FD->isInlined())
9530     return false;
9531 
9532   // Don't warn about function templates.
9533   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9534     return false;
9535 
9536   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
9537   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
9538     return false;
9539 
9540   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
9541   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
9542     return false;
9543 
9544   bool MissingPrototype = true;
9545   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
9546        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
9547     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
9548     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
9549     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
9550       continue;
9551 
9552     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
9553     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
9554       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
9555     break;
9556   }
9557 
9558   return MissingPrototype;
9559 }
9560 
9561 void
9562 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
9563                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
9564   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
9565   // was an extern inline function.
9566   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
9567   if (!Definition)
9568     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
9569       return;
9570 
9571   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
9572     return;
9573 
9574   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
9575       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
9576     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
9577         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9578   else
9579     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
9580 
9581   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9582   FD->setInvalidDecl();
9583 }
9584 
9585 
9586 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
9587                                    Sema &S) {
9588   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
9589 
9590   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
9591   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
9592   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
9593   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
9594   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
9595 
9596   if (LCD == LCD_None)
9597     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
9598   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
9599     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
9600   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
9601     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
9602   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
9603 
9604   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
9605   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
9606 
9607   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
9608   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
9609   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
9610     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
9611       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
9612       if (VD->isInitCapture())
9613         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
9614       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
9615       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
9616       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
9617           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(),
9618           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
9619                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
9620           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ 0);
9621 
9622     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
9623       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
9624                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ 0);
9625     }
9626   }
9627 }
9628 
9629 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
9630   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
9631   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
9632 
9633   if (!D)
9634     return D;
9635   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9636 
9637   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9638     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9639   else
9640     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9641   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
9642   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
9643   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
9644   // LambdaScopeInfo.
9645   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
9646   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
9647   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
9648   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
9649   // have the LSI properly restored.
9650   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
9651     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
9652       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
9653       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
9654     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
9655   }
9656   else
9657     // Enter a new function scope
9658     PushFunctionScope();
9659 
9660   // See if this is a redefinition.
9661   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
9662     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
9663 
9664   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
9665   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9666     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
9667         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
9668       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
9669       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9670     }
9671   }
9672 
9673   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
9674   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
9675   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
9676   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
9677       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9678       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
9679                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
9680     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9681 
9682   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
9683   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
9684   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
9685   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
9686   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
9687   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0;
9688   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
9689     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
9690 
9691     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9692       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
9693       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
9694       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
9695               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
9696         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
9697         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
9698           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
9699                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
9700             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
9701             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
9702       }
9703     }
9704   }
9705 
9706   if (FnBodyScope)
9707     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
9708 
9709   // Check the validity of our function parameters
9710   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9711                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
9712 
9713   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
9714   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
9715     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
9716 
9717     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9718     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
9719       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
9720 
9721       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
9722     }
9723   }
9724 
9725   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
9726   // introduce them into the function scope.
9727   if (FnBodyScope) {
9728     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
9729              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
9730              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
9731          I != E; ++I) {
9732       NamedDecl *D = *I;
9733 
9734       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
9735       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
9736       // and reattach to the current context.
9737       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
9738         // Is the decl actually in the context?
9739         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
9740           if (DI == D) {
9741             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
9742             break;
9743           }
9744         }
9745         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
9746         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9747       }
9748 
9749       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
9750       if (!D->getName().empty())
9751         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9752 
9753       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
9754       // accessible in this scope.
9755       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
9756         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
9757           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9758       }
9759     }
9760   }
9761 
9762   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
9763   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9764     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
9765 
9766   // Checking attributes of current function definition
9767   // dllimport attribute.
9768   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
9769   if (DA && (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
9770     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
9771     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
9772     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
9773         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
9774       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9775            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
9776         << DA;
9777       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9778       return D;
9779     }
9780   }
9781   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
9782   // a function template).
9783   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
9784   return D;
9785 }
9786 
9787 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
9788 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
9789 /// optimization.
9790 ///
9791 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
9792 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
9793 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
9794 /// use the named return value optimization.
9795 ///
9796 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
9797 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
9798 /// the NRVO variable.
9799 ///
9800 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
9801 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
9802 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
9803 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
9804   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
9805 
9806   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
9807   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
9808     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9809       return;
9810 
9811     if (!NRVOCandidate)
9812       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
9813     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9814       return;
9815   }
9816 
9817   if (NRVOCandidate)
9818     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
9819 }
9820 
9821 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
9822   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
9823   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
9824     return false;
9825 
9826   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
9827   // return type (yet).
9828   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
9829     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
9830     // we can still delay parsing it.
9831     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
9832       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
9833       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
9834           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
9835         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
9836         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
9837       }
9838     }
9839     return false;
9840   }
9841 
9842   return true;
9843 }
9844 
9845 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
9846   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
9847   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
9848   // rest of the file.
9849   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
9850   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
9851   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
9852     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
9853       return false;
9854   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
9855 }
9856 
9857 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
9858   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
9859     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
9860   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
9861     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
9862   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0);
9863 }
9864 
9865 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
9866   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
9867 }
9868 
9869 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
9870                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
9871   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : 0;
9872 
9873   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
9874   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
9875 
9876   if (FD) {
9877     FD->setBody(Body);
9878 
9879     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
9880         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9881       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
9882       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
9883       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
9884       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
9885         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
9886             << FD->getReturnType();
9887         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9888       } else {
9889         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
9890         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
9891             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc();
9892         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
9893             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
9894       }
9895     }
9896 
9897     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
9898     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
9899     // is the first declaration.
9900     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
9901       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
9902         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9903       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
9904                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
9905                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
9906         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9907     }
9908 
9909     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
9910     // don't complain about missing return statements.
9911     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
9912       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
9913 
9914     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
9915     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
9916     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
9917       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
9918 
9919     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9920       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
9921       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9922                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
9923 
9924       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
9925       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
9926         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
9927 
9928       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
9929       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
9930       // to deduce an implicit return type.
9931       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
9932           !FD->isDependentContext())
9933         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9934     }
9935 
9936     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
9937            "Function parsing confused");
9938   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
9939     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
9940     MD->setBody(Body);
9941     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9942       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
9943       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
9944                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
9945 
9946       if (Body)
9947         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9948     }
9949     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
9950       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
9951         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
9952       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
9953     }
9954     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
9955       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = 0;
9956       bool isDesignated =
9957           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
9958       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
9959       (void)isDesignated;
9960 
9961       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
9962         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
9963         if (!IFace)
9964           return false;
9965         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
9966         if (!SuperD)
9967           return false;
9968         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
9969             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
9970       };
9971       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
9972       // of NSObject.
9973       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
9974         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
9975              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
9976         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
9977              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
9978       }
9979       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
9980     }
9981     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
9982       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
9983       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
9984         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
9985       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
9986     }
9987   } else {
9988     return 0;
9989   }
9990 
9991   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
9992          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
9993          "handled in the block above.");
9994 
9995   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
9996   if (Body) {
9997     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
9998     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
9999     // Verify this.
10000     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10001       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10002 
10003     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10004     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10005         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
10006         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
10007         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10008       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10009 
10010     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10011       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10012         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10013 
10014       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10015                                              Destructor->getParent());
10016     }
10017 
10018     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10019     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10020     // deletion in some later function.
10021     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10022         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10023       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10024     }
10025     if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10026         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10027       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10028       // enabled.
10029       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10030     }
10031 
10032     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10033         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10034          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10035       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10036 
10037     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
10038     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10039     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10040            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10041   }
10042 
10043   if (!IsInstantiation)
10044     PopDeclContext();
10045 
10046   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10047   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10048   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10049   // deletion in some later function.
10050   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10051     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10052   }
10053 
10054   return dcl;
10055 }
10056 
10057 
10058 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10059 /// relevant Decl.
10060 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10061                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
10062   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
10063   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
10064     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
10065   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
10066 
10067   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
10068     if (Method->isStatic())
10069       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
10070 }
10071 
10072 
10073 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
10074 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
10075 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
10076                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
10077   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
10078   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
10079   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
10080   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
10081   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
10082     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
10083     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10084     return ExternCPrev;
10085   }
10086 
10087   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
10088   unsigned diag_id;
10089   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
10090     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
10091   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
10092     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
10093   else
10094     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
10095   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
10096 
10097   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
10098   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
10099   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
10100     TypoCorrection Corrected;
10101     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
10102     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
10103                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator)))
10104       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
10105                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
10106   }
10107 
10108   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
10109   const char *Dummy;
10110   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
10111   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
10112   unsigned DiagID;
10113   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
10114                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10115   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
10116   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
10117   SourceLocation NoLoc;
10118   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
10119   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
10120                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
10121                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10122                                              /*Params=*/0,
10123                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
10124                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
10125                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10126                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
10127                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
10128                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10129                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10130                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10131                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
10132                                              EST_None,
10133                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
10134                                              /*Exceptions=*/0,
10135                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
10136                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
10137                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/0,
10138                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10139                 DS.getAttributes(),
10140                 SourceLocation());
10141   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10142 
10143   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10144 
10145   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10146   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10147 
10148   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10149   FD->setImplicit();
10150 
10151   CurContext = PrevDC;
10152 
10153   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10154 
10155   return FD;
10156 }
10157 
10158 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10159 /// the declaration of this function.
10160 ///
10161 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10162 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10163 /// like NSLog or printf.
10164 ///
10165 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10166 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10167 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10168   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10169     return;
10170 
10171   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10172   // actual attributes.
10173   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10174     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10175     unsigned FormatIdx;
10176     bool HasVAListArg;
10177     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10178       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10179         const char *fmt = "printf";
10180         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10181         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10182             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10183           fmt = "NSString";
10184         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10185                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10186                                                FormatIdx+1,
10187                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10188                                                FD->getLocation()));
10189       }
10190     }
10191     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10192                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10193      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10194        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10195                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10196                                               FormatIdx+1,
10197                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10198                                               FD->getLocation()));
10199     }
10200 
10201     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10202     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10203     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10204     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10205         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10206       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10207         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10208     }
10209 
10210     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10211         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10212       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10213                                          FD->getLocation()));
10214     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10215       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10216     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10217       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10218   }
10219 
10220   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10221   if (!Name)
10222     return;
10223   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10224        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10225       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10226        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10227        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10228     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10229     // about.
10230   } else
10231     return;
10232 
10233   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10234     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10235     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10236     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10237       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10238                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10239                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10240                                              FD->getLocation()));
10241   }
10242 
10243   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10244     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10245     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10246     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10247       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10248                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10249   }
10250 }
10251 
10252 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10253                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10254   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10255   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10256 
10257   if (!TInfo) {
10258     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10259     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10260   }
10261 
10262   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10263   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10264                                            D.getLocStart(),
10265                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10266                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10267                                            TInfo);
10268 
10269   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10270   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10271     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10272     return NewTD;
10273   }
10274 
10275   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10276     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10277       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10278         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10279         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10280         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10281     else
10282       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10283   }
10284 
10285   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10286   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10287   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10288   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10289   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10290   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10291   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10292   case TST_enum:
10293   case TST_struct:
10294   case TST_interface:
10295   case TST_union:
10296   case TST_class: {
10297     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10298 
10299     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10300     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10301     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10302     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10303 
10304     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10305     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10306 
10307     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10308     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10309       break;
10310 
10311     // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
10312     // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
10313     // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
10314     // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
10315     // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
10316     // for how to handle it.
10317     if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
10318       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
10319 
10320       SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
10321       tagLoc = Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc, 0, getSourceManager(),
10322                                           getLangOpts());
10323 
10324       llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
10325       textToInsert += ' ';
10326       textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName();
10327       Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
10328         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
10329       break;
10330     }
10331 
10332     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10333     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10334     break;
10335   }
10336 
10337   default:
10338     break;
10339   }
10340 
10341   return NewTD;
10342 }
10343 
10344 
10345 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10346 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10347   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10348   QualType T = TI->getType();
10349 
10350   if (T->isDependentType())
10351     return false;
10352 
10353   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10354     if (BT->isInteger())
10355       return false;
10356 
10357   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10358   return true;
10359 }
10360 
10361 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10362 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10363 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10364                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10365                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10366   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10367 
10368   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10369     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10370       << Prev->isScoped();
10371     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10372     return true;
10373   }
10374 
10375   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10376     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10377         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10378         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10379                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10380       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
10381       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10382         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10383       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
10384           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
10385       return true;
10386     }
10387   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10388     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10389       << Prev->isFixed();
10390     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10391     return true;
10392   }
10393 
10394   return false;
10395 }
10396 
10397 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10398 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10399 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10400 ///
10401 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10402 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10403   switch (Tag) {
10404   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10405   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10406   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10407   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10408   }
10409 }
10410 
10411 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10412 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10413 ///
10414 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10415 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10416 {
10417   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10418 }
10419 
10420 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10421 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10422 ///
10423 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10424 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10425                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10426                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10427                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10428   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10429   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10430   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10431   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10432   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10433   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10434   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10435   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10436   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10437   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10438   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10439   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10440   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10441   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10442   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10443     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10444       return true;
10445 
10446   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10447     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10448     bool isTemplate = false;
10449     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10450       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10451 
10452     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10453       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10454       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10455       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10456         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10457         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10458       return true;
10459     }
10460 
10461     if (isDefinition) {
10462       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10463       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10464       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10465         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
10466         return true;
10467       }
10468 
10469       bool previousMismatch = false;
10470       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
10471         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
10472           if (!previousMismatch) {
10473             previousMismatch = true;
10474             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
10475               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10476               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
10477           }
10478           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10479             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
10480             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
10481                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
10482         }
10483       }
10484       return true;
10485     }
10486 
10487     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
10488     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
10489     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
10490     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
10491                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
10492     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
10493       return true;
10494     }
10495 
10496     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10497       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10498       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10499     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10500 
10501     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
10502     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10503         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10504           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
10505           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
10506                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
10507     }
10508 
10509     return true;
10510   }
10511   return false;
10512 }
10513 
10514 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
10515 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
10516 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
10517 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
10518 ///
10519 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
10520 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
10521 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
10522                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10523                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
10524                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
10525                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
10526                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10527                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
10528                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
10529                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
10530                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
10531                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
10532   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
10533   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
10534   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
10535          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
10536   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
10537 
10538   OwnedDecl = false;
10539   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
10540   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
10541 
10542   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
10543   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
10544   bool Invalid = false;
10545 
10546   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
10547   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
10548   // for non-C++ cases.
10549   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
10550       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
10551     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
10552             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
10553                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 0, TemplateParameterLists,
10554                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
10555       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10556         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
10557         return 0;
10558       }
10559 
10560       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
10561         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
10562         // be a member of another template).
10563 
10564         if (Invalid)
10565           return 0;
10566 
10567         OwnedDecl = false;
10568         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
10569                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
10570                                                TemplateParams, AS,
10571                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
10572                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
10573                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
10574         return Result.get();
10575       } else {
10576         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
10577         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
10578           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
10579         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
10580       }
10581     }
10582   }
10583 
10584   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
10585   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
10586   // redeclaration.
10587   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
10588 
10589   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10590     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
10591       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
10592       // type, default to int.
10593       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10594     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
10595       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
10596       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
10597       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
10598       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
10599       EnumUnderlying = TI;
10600 
10601       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
10602         // Recover by falling back to int.
10603         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10604 
10605       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
10606                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
10607         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10608 
10609     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
10610       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
10611       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10612   }
10613 
10614   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
10615   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
10616   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
10617 
10618   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
10619   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
10620     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
10621 
10622   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
10623   bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
10624   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10625     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
10626 
10627     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
10628     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
10629       Name = 0;
10630       goto CreateNewDecl;
10631     }
10632 
10633     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
10634     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
10635     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10636       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
10637       if (!DC) {
10638         IsDependent = true;
10639         return 0;
10640       }
10641     } else {
10642       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
10643       if (!DC) {
10644         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
10645           << SS.getRange();
10646         return 0;
10647       }
10648     }
10649 
10650     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
10651       return 0;
10652 
10653     SearchDC = DC;
10654     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
10655     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
10656 
10657     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10658       return 0;
10659 
10660     if (Previous.empty()) {
10661       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
10662       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
10663       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
10664       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
10665       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
10666       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
10667       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
10668           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10669         IsDependent = true;
10670         return 0;
10671       }
10672 
10673       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
10674       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
10675         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
10676       Name = 0;
10677       Invalid = true;
10678       goto CreateNewDecl;
10679     }
10680   } else if (Name) {
10681     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
10682     // declaration or definition.
10683     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
10684     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
10685     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
10686     LookupName(Previous, S);
10687 
10688     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
10689     // by types using'ed into this scope.
10690     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
10691         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
10692       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10693       while (F.hasNext()) {
10694         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10695         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
10696           F.erase();
10697       }
10698       F.done();
10699     }
10700 
10701     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
10702     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
10703     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
10704     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
10705     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
10706     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
10707     //
10708     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
10709     // semantic context?
10710     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10711       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10712       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10713       while (F.hasNext()) {
10714         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10715         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10716         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
10717             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
10718           F.erase();
10719           FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
10720         }
10721       }
10722       F.done();
10723     }
10724 
10725     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
10726     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10727       return 0;
10728 
10729     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
10730       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
10731       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
10732       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
10733       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
10734       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
10735         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10736     }
10737   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
10738     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
10739     // initial context to the translation unit.
10740     // FIXME: [citation needed]
10741     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10742   }
10743 
10744   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
10745       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
10746     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10747     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
10748     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10749     Previous.clear();
10750   }
10751 
10752   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
10753       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
10754     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
10755     isStdBadAlloc = true;
10756 
10757     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
10758       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
10759       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
10760       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
10761       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
10762     }
10763   }
10764 
10765   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
10766   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
10767   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
10768   // there's a shadow friend decl.
10769   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
10770       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10771     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
10772     assert(SS.isEmpty());
10773 
10774     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10775       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
10776       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
10777       //
10778       //          class-key identifier
10779       //
10780       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
10781       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
10782       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
10783       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
10784       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
10785       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
10786       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
10787       //      declaration.
10788       //
10789       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
10790       // C structs and unions.
10791       //
10792       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
10793       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
10794       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
10795       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
10796       //
10797       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
10798       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
10799       //
10800       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
10801       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
10802       // lexical context,
10803       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10804         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10805 
10806       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
10807       while (S->isClassScope() ||
10808              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10809               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
10810              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
10811              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
10812         S = S->getParent();
10813     } else {
10814       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
10815       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
10816       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
10817       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
10818       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
10819       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10820     }
10821 
10822     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
10823     // diagnose some problems.
10824     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10825       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
10826       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
10827     }
10828   }
10829 
10830   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10831     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
10832     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
10833         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
10834 
10835     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
10836     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
10837     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
10838     // in C++.
10839     //
10840     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
10841     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
10842     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
10843     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
10844     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10845       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10846         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
10847           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
10848           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
10849               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
10850                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
10851             PrevDecl = Tag;
10852             Previous.clear();
10853             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
10854             Previous.resolveKind();
10855           }
10856         }
10857       }
10858     }
10859 
10860     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10861       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
10862       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
10863       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
10864       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
10865           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10866                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10867         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
10868         // struct or something similar.
10869         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
10870                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
10871                                           *Name)) {
10872           bool SafeToContinue
10873             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
10874                Kind != TTK_Enum);
10875           if (SafeToContinue)
10876             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
10877               << Name
10878               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
10879                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
10880           else
10881             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
10882           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10883 
10884           if (SafeToContinue)
10885             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
10886           else {
10887             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
10888             Name = 0;
10889             Previous.clear();
10890             Invalid = true;
10891           }
10892         }
10893 
10894         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
10895           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
10896 
10897           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
10898           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
10899           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10900             if (ScopedEnum)
10901               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
10902                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
10903                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
10904             return PrevTagDecl;
10905           }
10906 
10907           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
10908           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10909             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
10910           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
10911             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
10912 
10913           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
10914           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
10915           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
10916           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
10917                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
10918             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
10919         }
10920 
10921         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
10922         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
10923         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
10924         //   and then later defined.
10925         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
10926             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10927           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
10928           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10929         }
10930 
10931         if (!Invalid) {
10932           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
10933 
10934           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
10935           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
10936           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
10937           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
10938           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
10939                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
10940             return PrevTagDecl;
10941 
10942           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
10943           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10944             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
10945               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
10946               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
10947               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
10948               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
10949               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
10950                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
10951                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10952                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10953                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10954                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
10955                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10956                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10957                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10958               }
10959 
10960               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
10961                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
10962                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
10963                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
10964                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
10965                 else
10966                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
10967                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10968                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
10969                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
10970                 // references get the previous definition.
10971                 Name = 0;
10972                 Previous.clear();
10973                 Invalid = true;
10974               }
10975             } else {
10976               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
10977               // about a nested redefinition.
10978               const TagType *Tag
10979                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
10980               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10981                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
10982                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
10983                      diag::note_previous_definition);
10984                 Name = 0;
10985                 Previous.clear();
10986                 Invalid = true;
10987               }
10988             }
10989 
10990             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
10991             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
10992           }
10993         }
10994         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
10995         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
10996 
10997       } else {
10998         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
10999         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
11000         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
11001         // have distinct types.
11002         Previous.clear();
11003       }
11004       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
11005       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
11006       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
11007 
11008 
11009     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
11010     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
11011     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
11012     } else {
11013       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
11014       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
11015       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
11016       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
11017           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
11018         unsigned Kind = 0;
11019         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11020         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11021         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11022         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
11023         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11024         Invalid = true;
11025 
11026       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
11027       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11028                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11029         // do nothing
11030 
11031       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
11032       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11033         unsigned Kind = 0;
11034         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11035         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11036         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11037         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
11038         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11039         Invalid = true;
11040 
11041       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
11042       // case here.
11043       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11044         unsigned Kind = 0;
11045         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11046         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
11047           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
11048         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11049         Invalid = true;
11050 
11051       // Otherwise, diagnose.
11052       } else {
11053         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
11054         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
11055         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
11056         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11057         Name = 0;
11058         Invalid = true;
11059       }
11060 
11061       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
11062       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
11063       Previous.clear();
11064     }
11065   }
11066 
11067 CreateNewDecl:
11068 
11069   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
11070   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
11071     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
11072 
11073   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
11074   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
11075   // keyword.
11076   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
11077 
11078   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
11079   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
11080   // PrevDecl.
11081   TagDecl *New;
11082 
11083   bool IsForwardReference = false;
11084   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11085     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11086     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
11087     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11088                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
11089                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
11090     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
11091     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
11092       TagDecl *Def;
11093       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
11094           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
11095         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
11096         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
11097       }
11098       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
11099         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
11100           << New;
11101         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11102       } else {
11103         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
11104         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11105           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
11106         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11107           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
11108         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
11109 
11110         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
11111         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
11112         // the declaration context.
11113         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
11114           IsForwardReference = true;
11115       }
11116     }
11117 
11118     if (EnumUnderlying) {
11119       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
11120       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11121         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
11122       else
11123         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
11124       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
11125     }
11126 
11127   } else {
11128     // struct/union/class
11129 
11130     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11131     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
11132     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11133       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
11134       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11135                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11136 
11137       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11138         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11139     } else
11140       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11141                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11142   }
11143 
11144   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11145   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11146   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11147     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11148       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11149     Invalid = true;
11150   }
11151 
11152   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11153   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11154     if (SS.isSet()) {
11155       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11156       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11157       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11158       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11159       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11160       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11161           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11162           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
11163         Invalid = true;
11164 
11165       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11166       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11167         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11168                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11169                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11170       }
11171     }
11172     else
11173       Invalid = true;
11174   }
11175 
11176   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11177     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11178     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11179     //
11180     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11181     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11182     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11183     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11184     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11185     // parsing of the struct).
11186     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11187       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11188       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11189     }
11190   }
11191 
11192   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11193     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11194       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11195         << 2
11196         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11197     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11198     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11199     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11200     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11201       New->setModulePrivate();
11202   }
11203 
11204   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11205   // check the specialization.
11206   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11207     Invalid = true;
11208 
11209   if (Invalid)
11210     New->setInvalidDecl();
11211 
11212   if (Attr)
11213     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11214 
11215   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
11216   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
11217   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11218   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
11219       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
11220     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11221     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11222   }
11223 
11224   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11225   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11226   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11227 
11228   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11229   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11230   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11231   // the tag name visible.
11232   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11233     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace &&
11234                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
11235 
11236   // Set the access specifier.
11237   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11238     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11239 
11240   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11241     New->startDefinition();
11242 
11243   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11244   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11245     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11246     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11247     if (PrevDecl)
11248       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11249 
11250     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11251     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11252     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11253       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11254         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11255   } else if (Name) {
11256     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11257     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11258     if (IsForwardReference)
11259       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11260 
11261   } else {
11262     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11263   }
11264 
11265   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11266   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11267     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11268         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11269         II->isStr("FILE"))
11270       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11271 
11272   if (PrevDecl)
11273     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11274 
11275   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11276   // record.
11277   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11278 
11279   OwnedDecl = true;
11280   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11281   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11282   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New;
11283 }
11284 
11285 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11286   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11287   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11288 
11289   // Enter the tag context.
11290   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11291 
11292   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11293 
11294   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11295   // record.
11296   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11297 }
11298 
11299 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11300   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11301          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11302   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11303   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11304       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11305   CurContext = OCD;
11306   return IDecl;
11307 }
11308 
11309 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11310                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11311                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11312                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11313   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11314   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11315 
11316   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11317 
11318   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11319     return;
11320 
11321   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11322     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11323                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11324 
11325   // C++ [class]p2:
11326   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11327   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11328   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11329   //   as if it were a public member name.
11330   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11331     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11332                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11333                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11334                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
11335                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11336   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11337   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11338   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11339   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11340       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11341   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11342   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11343          "Broken injected-class-name");
11344 }
11345 
11346 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11347                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11348   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11349   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11350   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11351 
11352   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11353   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11354     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11355     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11356       RD->completeDefinition();
11357   }
11358 
11359   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11360     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11361 
11362   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11363   PopDeclContext();
11364 
11365   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11366       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11367     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11368 
11369   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11370   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11371     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11372 }
11373 
11374 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11375   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11376   PopDeclContext();
11377 }
11378 
11379 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11380   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11381   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11382   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11383 }
11384 
11385 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11386   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11387   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
11388 }
11389 
11390 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11391   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11392   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11393   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
11394 
11395   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11396   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11397     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11398       RD->completeDefinition();
11399   }
11400 
11401   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
11402   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
11403   // the FieldCollector.
11404 
11405   PopDeclContext();
11406 }
11407 
11408 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
11409 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
11410                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11411                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11412                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
11413   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
11414   if (ZeroWidth)
11415     *ZeroWidth = true;
11416 
11417   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
11418   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
11419   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11420     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
11421     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
11422       return ExprError();
11423     if (FieldName)
11424       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
11425         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11426     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
11427       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11428   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
11429                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
11430     return ExprError();
11431 
11432   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
11433   // it now.
11434   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
11435     return Owned(BitWidth);
11436 
11437   llvm::APSInt Value;
11438   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
11439   if (ICE.isInvalid())
11440     return ICE;
11441   BitWidth = ICE.take();
11442 
11443   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
11444     *ZeroWidth = false;
11445 
11446   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
11447   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
11448     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
11449 
11450   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
11451     if (FieldName)
11452       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11453                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
11454     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11455       << Value.toString(10);
11456   }
11457 
11458   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
11459     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
11460     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
11461       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
11462           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
11463         if (FieldName)
11464           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11465             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11466             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11467 
11468         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11469           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11470       }
11471 
11472       if (FieldName)
11473         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11474           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11475           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11476       else
11477         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11478           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11479     }
11480   }
11481 
11482   return Owned(BitWidth);
11483 }
11484 
11485 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
11486 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
11487 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
11488                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
11489   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
11490                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
11491                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
11492   return Res;
11493 }
11494 
11495 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
11496 ///
11497 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
11498                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
11499                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
11500                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11501                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
11502   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11503   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11504   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11505 
11506   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11507   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11508   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11509     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11510 
11511     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
11512                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
11513       D.setInvalidType();
11514       T = Context.IntTy;
11515       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
11516     }
11517   }
11518 
11519   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
11520   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
11521     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
11522     D.setInvalidType();
11523   }
11524 
11525   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
11526   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
11527   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
11528     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
11529     D.setInvalidType();
11530   }
11531 
11532   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
11533 
11534   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11535     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11536          diag::err_invalid_thread)
11537       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11538 
11539   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
11540   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
11541   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
11542   LookupName(Previous, S);
11543   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
11544     case LookupResult::Found:
11545     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
11546       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
11547       break;
11548 
11549     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
11550       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11551       break;
11552 
11553     case LookupResult::NotFound:
11554     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
11555     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
11556       break;
11557   }
11558   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
11559 
11560   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11561     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11562     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11563     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11564     PrevDecl = 0;
11565   }
11566 
11567   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
11568     PrevDecl = 0;
11569 
11570   bool Mutable
11571     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
11572   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
11573   FieldDecl *NewFD
11574     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
11575                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
11576 
11577   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
11578     Record->setInvalidDecl();
11579 
11580   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11581     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
11582 
11583   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
11584     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
11585     // with the same name in the same scope.
11586   } else if (II) {
11587     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
11588   } else
11589     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
11590 
11591   return NewFD;
11592 }
11593 
11594 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
11595 ///
11596 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
11597 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
11598 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
11599 /// created.
11600 ///
11601 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
11602 ///
11603 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
11604 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
11605                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11606                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
11607                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
11608                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11609                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
11610                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
11611                                 Declarator *D) {
11612   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
11613   bool InvalidDecl = false;
11614   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
11615 
11616   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
11617   // marking this declaration as invalid.
11618   if (T.isNull()) {
11619     InvalidDecl = true;
11620     T = Context.IntTy;
11621   }
11622 
11623   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
11624   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11625     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11626       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
11627       Record->setInvalidDecl();
11628       InvalidDecl = true;
11629     } else {
11630       NamedDecl *Def;
11631       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
11632       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
11633         Record->setInvalidDecl();
11634         InvalidDecl = true;
11635       }
11636     }
11637   }
11638 
11639   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
11640   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11641     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
11642     InvalidDecl = true;
11643   }
11644 
11645   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11646   // than a variably modified type.
11647   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11648     bool SizeIsNegative;
11649     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
11650 
11651     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
11652       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
11653                                                     SizeIsNegative,
11654                                                     Oversized);
11655     if (FixedTInfo) {
11656       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
11657       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
11658       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
11659     } else {
11660       if (SizeIsNegative)
11661         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
11662       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
11663         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
11664           << Oversized.toString(10);
11665       else
11666         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
11667       InvalidDecl = true;
11668     }
11669   }
11670 
11671   // Fields can not have abstract class types
11672   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
11673                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11674                                              AbstractFieldType))
11675     InvalidDecl = true;
11676 
11677   bool ZeroWidth = false;
11678   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
11679   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
11680     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
11681                               &ZeroWidth).take();
11682     if (!BitWidth) {
11683       InvalidDecl = true;
11684       BitWidth = 0;
11685       ZeroWidth = false;
11686     }
11687   }
11688 
11689   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
11690   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
11691     unsigned DiagID = 0;
11692     if (T->isReferenceType())
11693       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
11694     else if (T.isConstQualified())
11695       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
11696 
11697     if (DiagID) {
11698       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
11699       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
11700         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
11701       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
11702       Mutable = false;
11703       InvalidDecl = true;
11704     }
11705   }
11706 
11707   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
11708   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
11709   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
11710   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
11711     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
11712 
11713   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
11714                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
11715   if (InvalidDecl)
11716     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11717 
11718   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11719     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11720     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11721     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11722   }
11723 
11724   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11725     if (Record->isUnion()) {
11726       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11727         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11728         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11729           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
11730           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
11731           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
11732           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
11733           // objects.
11734           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
11735             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11736         }
11737       }
11738 
11739       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
11740       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
11741       // enabled.
11742       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
11743         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
11744                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
11745                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
11746           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
11747         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
11748           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11749       }
11750     }
11751   }
11752 
11753   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
11754   // representation, not a parser representation.
11755   if (D) {
11756     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
11757     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
11758 
11759     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
11760       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
11761   }
11762 
11763   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
11764   // retainable type.
11765   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
11766     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11767 
11768   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
11769     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
11770 
11771   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
11772   return NewFD;
11773 }
11774 
11775 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
11776   assert(FD);
11777   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
11778 
11779   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
11780     return false;
11781 
11782   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11783   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11784     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11785     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11786       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
11787       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
11788       // copy constructors.
11789 
11790       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
11791       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
11792       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
11793       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
11794       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
11795       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
11796       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
11797         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
11798       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
11799         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
11800       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
11801         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
11802       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
11803         member = CXXDestructor;
11804 
11805       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
11806         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
11807             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
11808           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
11809           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
11810           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
11811           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
11812           // members unavailable.
11813           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
11814           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
11815             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
11816               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11817                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
11818                                   Loc));
11819             return false;
11820           }
11821         }
11822 
11823         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
11824                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
11825                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
11826           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
11827         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
11828         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
11829       }
11830     }
11831   }
11832 
11833   return false;
11834 }
11835 
11836 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
11837 ///  AST enum value.
11838 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
11839 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
11840   switch (ivarVisibility) {
11841   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
11842   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
11843   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
11844   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
11845   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
11846   }
11847 }
11848 
11849 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
11850 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
11851 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
11852                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
11853                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
11854                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
11855 
11856   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11857   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
11858   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11859   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11860 
11861   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
11862   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
11863 
11864   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11865   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11866 
11867   if (BitWidth) {
11868     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
11869     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).take();
11870     if (!BitWidth)
11871       D.setInvalidType();
11872   } else {
11873     // Not a bitfield.
11874 
11875     // validate II.
11876 
11877   }
11878   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
11879     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
11880     D.setInvalidType();
11881   }
11882   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11883   // than a variably modified type.
11884   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11885     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
11886     D.setInvalidType();
11887   }
11888 
11889   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
11890   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
11891     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
11892                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
11893   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
11894   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
11895   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
11896     return 0;
11897   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
11898   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
11899       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11900     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
11901     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
11902       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
11903       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
11904     }
11905     else
11906       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11907   } else {
11908     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
11909         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11910       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
11911         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
11912         return 0;
11913       }
11914     }
11915     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11916   }
11917 
11918   // Construct the decl.
11919   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
11920                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
11921                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
11922 
11923   if (II) {
11924     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
11925                                            ForRedeclaration);
11926     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
11927         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11928       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11929       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11930       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11931     }
11932   }
11933 
11934   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
11935   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
11936 
11937   if (D.isInvalidType())
11938     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11939 
11940   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
11941   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
11942     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11943 
11944   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11945     NewID->setModulePrivate();
11946 
11947   if (II) {
11948     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
11949     // these to the interface.
11950     S->AddDecl(NewID);
11951     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
11952   }
11953 
11954   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
11955       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
11956     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
11957 
11958   return NewID;
11959 }
11960 
11961 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
11962 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
11963 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
11964 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
11965 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
11966                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
11967   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
11968     return;
11969 
11970   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
11971   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
11972 
11973   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
11974     return;
11975   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
11976   if (!ID) {
11977     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
11978       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
11979         return;
11980     }
11981     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
11982     else
11983       return;
11984   }
11985   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
11986   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
11987   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
11988 
11989   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
11990                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
11991                               Context.CharTy,
11992                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
11993                                                                DeclLoc),
11994                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
11995                               true);
11996   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
11997 }
11998 
11999 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
12000                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
12001                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
12002   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
12003 
12004   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
12005   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
12006   // it will now change.
12007   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12008     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12009     switch (DC->getKind()) {
12010     default: break;
12011     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
12012       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12013       break;
12014     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
12015       Context.
12016         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12017       break;
12018     }
12019   }
12020 
12021   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12022 
12023   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
12024   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
12025   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
12026   if (Record) {
12027     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
12028       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
12029         if (IFD->getDeclName())
12030           ++NumNamedMembers;
12031     }
12032   }
12033 
12034   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
12035   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
12036 
12037   bool ARCErrReported = false;
12038   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
12039        i != end; ++i) {
12040     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
12041 
12042     // Get the type for the field.
12043     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
12044 
12045     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
12046       // Remember all fields written by the user.
12047       RecFields.push_back(FD);
12048     }
12049 
12050     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
12051     // diagnostics about it.
12052     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12053       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12054       continue;
12055     }
12056 
12057     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
12058     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
12059     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
12060     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
12061     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
12062     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
12063     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
12064     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
12065     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
12066     //   array.
12067     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
12068       // Field declared as a function.
12069       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
12070         << FD->getDeclName();
12071       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12072       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12073       continue;
12074     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
12075                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
12076                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
12077                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
12078                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
12079       // Flexible array member.
12080       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
12081       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
12082       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
12083       unsigned DiagID = 0;
12084       if (Record->isUnion())
12085         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12086                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
12087                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12088                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
12089                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
12090       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
12091         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12092                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
12093                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12094                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
12095                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
12096                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
12097                                  : 0;
12098 
12099       if (DiagID)
12100         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
12101                                         << Record->getTagKind();
12102       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
12103       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
12104       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
12105       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
12106       // of the type.
12107       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
12108         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
12109           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
12110             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12111       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
12112         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
12113           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12114 
12115       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
12116       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
12117       //
12118       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
12119       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
12120       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12121       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
12122         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
12123           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12124         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12125         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12126         continue;
12127       }
12128       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
12129       if (Record)
12130         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12131     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
12132                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12133                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12134       // Incomplete type
12135       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12136       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12137       continue;
12138     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12139       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12140         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
12141         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
12142           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12143         } else {
12144           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12145           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12146           // structures.
12147           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12148             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12149               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12150           else {
12151             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12152             // other structs as an extension.
12153             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12154               << FD->getDeclName();
12155             if (Record)
12156               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12157           }
12158         }
12159       }
12160       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
12161           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12162                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12163                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
12164         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
12165         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12166       }
12167       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12168         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12169       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12170         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12171     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12172       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12173       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12174         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12175       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12176       FD->setType(T);
12177     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12178                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12179       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12180       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12181       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12182       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12183       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12184       QualType T = FD->getType();
12185       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12186       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12187         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12188         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12189           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12190             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12191                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12192                               loc));
12193           }
12194         } else {
12195           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12196             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12197         }
12198         ARCErrReported = true;
12199       }
12200     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12201                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12202                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12203       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12204           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12205         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12206       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12207         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12208         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12209             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12210           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12211         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12212                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12213                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12214       }
12215     }
12216     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12217       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12218     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12219     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12220       ++NumNamedMembers;
12221   }
12222 
12223   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12224   if (Record) {
12225     bool Completed = false;
12226     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12227       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12228         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12229         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12230                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12231                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12232           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12233 
12234         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12235           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12236             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12237             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12238               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12239                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12240           }
12241 
12242           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12243           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12244 
12245           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12246           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12247           // problem now.
12248           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12249             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12250             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12251 
12252             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12253                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12254                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12255               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12256                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12257                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12258                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12259                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12260                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12261                   continue;
12262 
12263                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12264                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12265                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12266                 //   program is ill-formed.
12267                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12268                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12269                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12270                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12271                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12272                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12273                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12274                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12275                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12276                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12277 
12278                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12279               }
12280             }
12281             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12282             Completed = true;
12283           }
12284         }
12285       }
12286     }
12287 
12288     if (!Completed)
12289       Record->completeDefinition();
12290 
12291     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
12292       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12293 
12294       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
12295         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
12296                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
12297                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
12298     }
12299 
12300     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12301     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12302     // compatibility problems.
12303     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12304     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12305       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12306     } else {
12307       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12308       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12309       CheckForZeroSize =
12310           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12311           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12312           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12313     }
12314     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12315       bool ZeroSize = true;
12316       bool IsEmpty = true;
12317       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12318       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12319                                       E = Record->field_end();
12320            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12321         IsEmpty = false;
12322         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12323           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12324             ZeroSize = false;
12325         } else {
12326           ++NonBitFields;
12327           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12328           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12329               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12330             ZeroSize = false;
12331         }
12332       }
12333 
12334       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12335       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12336       // extern "C" block.
12337       if (ZeroSize) {
12338         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12339                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12340                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12341           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12342       }
12343 
12344       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12345       // but are accepted by GCC.
12346       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12347         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12348                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12349           << Record->isUnion();
12350       }
12351     }
12352   } else {
12353     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12354       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12355     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12356       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12357       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12358       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12359         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12360         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12361       }
12362       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12363       // duplicates.
12364       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12365         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12366     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12367                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12368       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12369       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12370         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12371         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12372         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12373       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12374       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12375       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12376     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12377                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12378       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12379       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12380       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12381       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12382       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12383       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12384       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12385       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12386         if (IDecl) {
12387           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12388               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12389             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12390                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12391             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12392             continue;
12393           }
12394           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
12395             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
12396                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12397               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12398                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12399               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12400               continue;
12401             }
12402           }
12403         }
12404         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
12405         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12406       }
12407       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12408       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12409     }
12410   }
12411 
12412   if (Attr)
12413     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
12414 }
12415 
12416 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
12417 /// the given type T.
12418 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
12419                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
12420                                         QualType T) {
12421   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12422   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
12423 
12424   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
12425     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
12426       --BitWidth;
12427     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
12428   }
12429   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
12430 }
12431 
12432 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
12433 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
12434 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
12435   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
12436   // enum checking below.
12437   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12438   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
12439   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12440     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
12441   };
12442   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12443     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
12444     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
12445   };
12446 
12447   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
12448   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
12449                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
12450   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
12451     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
12452       return Types[I];
12453 
12454   return QualType();
12455 }
12456 
12457 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
12458                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
12459                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
12460                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
12461                                           Expr *Val) {
12462   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12463   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
12464   QualType EltTy;
12465 
12466   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
12467     Val = 0;
12468 
12469   if (Val)
12470     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
12471 
12472   if (Val) {
12473     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
12474       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12475     else {
12476       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
12477       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
12478           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12479         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
12480         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
12481         // constant expression of the underlying type.
12482         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12483         ExprResult Converted =
12484           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
12485                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
12486         if (Converted.isInvalid())
12487           Val = 0;
12488         else
12489           Val = Converted.take();
12490       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
12491                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
12492                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
12493         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
12494       } else {
12495         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12496           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12497 
12498           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
12499           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
12500           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
12501           // expression checking.
12502           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12503             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12504               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12505               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12506             } else
12507               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12508           } else
12509             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12510         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12511           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
12512           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12513           //   is the type of its initializing value:
12514           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
12515           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
12516           EltTy = Val->getType();
12517         } else {
12518           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
12519           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
12520           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
12521           //   representable as an int.
12522 
12523           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
12524           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
12525             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12526               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
12527               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
12528           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
12529             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
12530             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12531           }
12532           EltTy = Val->getType();
12533         }
12534       }
12535     }
12536   }
12537 
12538   if (!Val) {
12539     if (Enum->isDependentType())
12540       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12541     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
12542       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12543       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12544       //   is the type of its initializing value:
12545       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
12546       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
12547       //
12548       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
12549       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
12550       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12551         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12552       }
12553       else {
12554         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
12555       }
12556     } else {
12557       // Assign the last value + 1.
12558       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12559       ++EnumVal;
12560       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
12561 
12562       // Check for overflow on increment.
12563       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
12564         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12565         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12566         //   is the type of its initializing value:
12567         //
12568         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
12569         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
12570         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
12571         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
12572         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
12573         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
12574         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
12575         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
12576           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
12577           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
12578           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12579           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
12580           ++EnumVal;
12581           if (Enum->isFixed())
12582             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
12583             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
12584               << EnumVal.toString(10)
12585               << EltTy;
12586           else
12587             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
12588               << EnumVal.toString(10);
12589         } else {
12590           EltTy = T;
12591         }
12592 
12593         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
12594         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
12595         // value, then increment.
12596         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12597         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12598         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12599         ++EnumVal;
12600 
12601         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
12602         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
12603         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
12604         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
12605         // integral type.
12606         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
12607           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
12608       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12609                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12610         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
12611         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12612           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
12613       }
12614     }
12615   }
12616 
12617   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12618     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
12619     // enumerator's type.
12620     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12621     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12622   }
12623 
12624   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
12625                                   Val, EnumVal);
12626 }
12627 
12628 
12629 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
12630                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
12631                               AttributeList *Attr,
12632                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
12633   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
12634   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
12635     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
12636 
12637   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
12638   // we find one that is.
12639   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12640 
12641   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
12642   // scope.
12643   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
12644                                          ForRedeclaration);
12645   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12646     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12647     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
12648     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12649     PrevDecl = 0;
12650   }
12651 
12652   if (PrevDecl) {
12653     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
12654     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
12655     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
12656            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
12657     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
12658       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
12659         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
12660       else
12661         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
12662       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12663       return 0;
12664     }
12665   }
12666 
12667   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
12668   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
12669   // different from T:
12670   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
12671   // enumerated type
12672   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
12673                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
12674                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
12675     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
12676         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
12677       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
12678 
12679   EnumConstantDecl *New =
12680     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
12681 
12682   if (New) {
12683     // Process attributes.
12684     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12685 
12686     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
12687     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
12688     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
12689   }
12690 
12691   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
12692 
12693   return New;
12694 }
12695 
12696 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
12697 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
12698 // Element2 = Element1
12699 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
12700 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
12701 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
12702 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
12703   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
12704   if (!InitExpr)
12705     return true;
12706   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
12707 
12708   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
12709     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
12710       return true;
12711     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
12712     if (!IL)
12713       return true;
12714     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
12715       return true;
12716 
12717     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
12718   }
12719 
12720   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
12721   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
12722   if (!DRE)
12723     return true;
12724 
12725   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12726   if (!EnumConstant)
12727     return true;
12728 
12729   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
12730       Enum)
12731     return true;
12732 
12733   return false;
12734 }
12735 
12736 struct DupKey {
12737   int64_t val;
12738   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
12739   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
12740     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
12741 };
12742 
12743 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
12744   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
12745                 false);
12746 }
12747 
12748 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
12749   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
12750   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
12751   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
12752     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
12753   }
12754   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
12755     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
12756            LHS.val == RHS.val;
12757   }
12758 };
12759 
12760 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
12761 // a previous element has already been set to.
12762 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12763                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
12764                                         QualType EnumType) {
12765   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
12766                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
12767       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
12768     return;
12769   // Avoid anonymous enums
12770   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
12771     return;
12772 
12773   // Only check for small enums.
12774   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
12775     return;
12776 
12777   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
12778   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
12779 
12780   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
12781   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
12782           ValueToVectorMap;
12783 
12784   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
12785   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
12786 
12787   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
12788   // an initialier.
12789   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12790     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12791 
12792     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
12793     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
12794     if (!ECD) {
12795       return;
12796     }
12797 
12798     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
12799       continue;
12800 
12801     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12802     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12803 
12804     // First time encountering this value.
12805     if (Entry.isNull())
12806       Entry = ECD;
12807   }
12808 
12809   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
12810   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12811     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12812     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
12813       continue;
12814 
12815     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12816 
12817     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12818     if (Entry.isNull())
12819       continue;
12820 
12821     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
12822       // Ensure constants are different.
12823       if (D == ECD)
12824         continue;
12825 
12826       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
12827       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
12828       Vec->push_back(D);
12829       Vec->push_back(ECD);
12830 
12831       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
12832       Entry = Vec;
12833 
12834       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
12835       // diagnostics.
12836       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
12837       continue;
12838     }
12839 
12840     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
12841     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
12842     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
12843       continue;
12844 
12845     Vec->push_back(ECD);
12846   }
12847 
12848   // Emit diagnostics.
12849   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
12850                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
12851        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
12852     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
12853     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
12854 
12855     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
12856     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
12857     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
12858       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12859       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12860     ++I;
12861 
12862     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
12863     // the same value.
12864     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
12865       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
12866         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12867         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12868     delete Vec;
12869   }
12870 }
12871 
12872 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
12873                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
12874                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12875                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
12876   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
12877   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
12878 
12879   if (Attr)
12880     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
12881 
12882   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
12883     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12884       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12885         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12886       if (!ECD) continue;
12887 
12888       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12889     }
12890 
12891     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
12892     return;
12893   }
12894 
12895   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
12896   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
12897   // emit a warning.
12898   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12899   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
12900   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
12901 
12902   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
12903   // reverse the list.
12904   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
12905   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
12906 
12907   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
12908   bool AllElementsInt = true;
12909 
12910   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12911     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12912       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12913     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12914 
12915     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12916 
12917     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
12918     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
12919       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
12920                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
12921     else
12922       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
12923                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
12924 
12925     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
12926     if (AllElementsInt)
12927       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
12928   }
12929 
12930   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
12931   QualType BestType;
12932   unsigned BestWidth;
12933 
12934   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
12935   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
12936   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
12937   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
12938   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
12939   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
12940   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
12941   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
12942   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
12943   QualType BestPromotionType;
12944 
12945   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
12946   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
12947   // enum definitions.
12948   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
12949     Packed = true;
12950 
12951   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12952     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
12953     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
12954       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
12955     else
12956       BestPromotionType = BestType;
12957     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
12958     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
12959     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
12960     BestWidth = CharWidth;
12961   }
12962   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
12963     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
12964     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
12965     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12966     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
12967       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
12968       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12969     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
12970                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
12971       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
12972       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12973     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
12974       BestType = Context.IntTy;
12975       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12976     } else {
12977       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
12978 
12979       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
12980         BestType = Context.LongTy;
12981       } else {
12982         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12983 
12984         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
12985           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
12986         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
12987       }
12988     }
12989     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
12990   } else {
12991     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
12992     // all of the enumerator values.
12993     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12994     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
12995       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
12996       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12997       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12998     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
12999       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
13000       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13001       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13002     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
13003       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
13004       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13005       BestPromotionType
13006         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13007                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
13008     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
13009                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
13010       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
13011       BestPromotionType
13012         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13013                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
13014     } else {
13015       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13016       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
13017              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
13018       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
13019       BestPromotionType
13020         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13021                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
13022     }
13023   }
13024 
13025   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
13026   // the type of the enum if needed.
13027   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13028     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13029     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13030 
13031     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
13032     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
13033     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
13034     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
13035     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
13036 
13037     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
13038     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13039 
13040     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
13041     // the enum decl type.
13042     QualType NewTy;
13043     unsigned NewWidth;
13044     bool NewSign;
13045     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13046         !Enum->isFixed() &&
13047         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
13048       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
13049       NewWidth = IntWidth;
13050       NewSign = true;
13051     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
13052       // Already the right type!
13053       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13054         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13055         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13056         // enumeration.
13057         ECD->setType(EnumType);
13058       continue;
13059     } else {
13060       NewTy = BestType;
13061       NewWidth = BestWidth;
13062       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
13063     }
13064 
13065     // Adjust the APSInt value.
13066     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
13067     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
13068     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
13069 
13070     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
13071     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
13072         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
13073       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
13074                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
13075                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
13076                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
13077                                                 VK_RValue));
13078     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13079       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13080       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13081       // enumeration.
13082       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13083     else
13084       ECD->setType(NewTy);
13085   }
13086 
13087   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
13088                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
13089 
13090   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
13091 
13092   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
13093   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
13094     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
13095 }
13096 
13097 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
13098                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
13099                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
13100   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
13101 
13102   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
13103                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
13104                                                    EndLoc);
13105   CurContext->addDecl(New);
13106   return New;
13107 }
13108 
13109 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
13110                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13111                                      DeclContext *DC) {
13112   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
13113     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
13114     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
13115       if (!M->IsExternC) {
13116         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
13117           << M->getFullModuleName();
13118         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
13119         return;
13120       }
13121       break;
13122     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
13123       break;
13124     }
13125     DC = LSD->getParent();
13126   }
13127 
13128   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
13129     DC = DC->getParent();
13130   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
13131     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13132       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
13133     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
13134            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13135       << DC;
13136   }
13137 }
13138 
13139 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
13140                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13141                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
13142   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
13143                                                 Module::AllVisible,
13144                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
13145   if (!Mod)
13146     return true;
13147 
13148   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
13149 
13150   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
13151   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
13152   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
13153     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
13154     // We need the length to be consistent.
13155     if (!ModCheck)
13156       break;
13157     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
13158 
13159     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
13160   }
13161 
13162   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
13163                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
13164                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
13165                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
13166   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
13167   return Import;
13168 }
13169 
13170 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
13171   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
13172 
13173   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
13174   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
13175                                          /*Complain=*/true);
13176 }
13177 
13178 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) {
13179   // Create the implicit import declaration.
13180   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
13181   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
13182                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
13183   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
13184   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
13185 
13186   // Make the module visible.
13187   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
13188                                          /*Complain=*/false);
13189 }
13190 
13191 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13192                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13193                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13194                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
13195                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13196   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
13197                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13198   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
13199                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
13200 
13201   if (PrevDecl)
13202     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
13203   else
13204     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13205       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
13206 }
13207 
13208 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13209                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13210                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
13211   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
13212 
13213   if (PrevDecl) {
13214     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
13215   } else {
13216     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13217       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
13218         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
13219   }
13220 }
13221 
13222 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13223                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13224                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13225                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13226                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13227   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13228                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13229   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13230 
13231   if (PrevDecl) {
13232     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13233       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13234         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13235   } else {
13236     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13237       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13238   }
13239 }
13240 
13241 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13242   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13243 }
13244 
13245 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13246   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13247   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13248   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13249   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13250   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13251   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13252   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13253     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13254     if (R != AR_Available)
13255       return R;
13256     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13257   }
13258   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13259   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13260   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13261             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13262     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13263   }
13264   return D->getAvailability();
13265 }
13266